hummy.tv Wiki - User contributions [en]

Glossary Of Terms

2022-02-20T14:58:48Z

Adsb: Added RMA

''Copied from Black Hole's [http://hummy.tv/forum/threads/faq-glossary-of-terms.403/ thread on hummy.tv] - note that (for the time being) the Forum version will be updated first.''

===BYTs===
''Bright Young Things'' - Fittingly at the top of the list (even though I've thought of something to explain starting with "A"), BYTs is the term I've coined for the fantastic bunch with the youth and energy to figure out the hacks that we are celebrating on this forum. Wind the clock back 20 or 30 years and it could have been me, but the brain now struggles to keep up. Don't worry, the rest of this glossary is serious!

===AR===
''Accurate Recording'' - See EPG.

===CRID, PRID, SRID===
''Content Reference IDentifier'' - The EPG provides unique reference codes to the programmes which are useful for machines to track the programmes (and potentially to retrieve additional information via the Internet). The Programme CRID (PRID - unofficial) identifies the programme individually and allows the Humax to ensure that repeats don't get recorded, the Series CRID (SRID - unofficial) allows it to identify programmes to be recorded by series link. The CRID codes can be seen on the Humax programme information screen (via the "i" button) by turning them on in the secret menu.

===DHCP===
''Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol'' - For your devices to co-exist on your home network, they each need a unique "address" so that data meant for a particular device gets there and not somewhere else. This is the IP (Internet Protocol) Address, and typically for a home network the addresses will be 192.168.0.x or 192.168.1.x (where x is 0-255). It is possible to allocate these addresses manually, but it is a chore and you have to make sure you choose a valid address and don't allocate the same address to more than one device. DHCP is an automatic system which lets the device request an address from a manager device - often the router in your broadband connection.

===DLNA===
''Digital Living Network Alliance'' - a set of standards which allow compatible devices to locate each other on the local Ethernet network, and access each other's content for streamed playback, without the user having to understand network configuration settings. If you want to use the Humax' media streaming capability to show it's content elsewhere (firmware update 1.02.20 onwards), you will need a DLNA client - possibly a program running on a PC, or another Humax box - although it is possible to use non-DLNA media players if you can work out the correct network reference. The advantage of using another Humax is that it can access the HiDef content too (most other solutions will only access StDef recordings - see DTCP). You can also use a DLNA server to provide content to the Humax, again either running on a PC or using a NAS box with built-in DLNA capability (many do these days). See also uPnP.

===DTCP===
''Digital Transmission Content Protection'' - a means of securing rights-restricted material transferred by any digital channel (in our case Ethernet). As a media server, the Humax protects HiDef recordings by DTCP, thus restricting your choice of clients to those which have paid the relevant licence fees (not unlike HDCP). Note that (by running the modified software) DTCP can be effectively switched off. See also HDCP.

===EPG===
''Electronic Programme Guide'' - Along with the broadcast stations on Freeview comes a data channel containing information about the upcoming programmes (on all channels) for the next 8 days. This information is collected and organised for display when you press the "Guide" button. The content is broadcast continuously cyclically, with the more important information (the current channel, today) repeated more often than less important (other channels, programmes later in the future) so that the whole download is complete in about 15-20 minutes. In addition to the programme guide is a status channel for the Now/Next display and programme change-over, so that (in theory) PVRs can start a recording automatically at the start of a programme, even if it has been delayed (or brought forward). This is known as AR (Accurate Recording), but doesn't always work because broadcasters are not always reliable in transmitting this information (some worse than others). See also CRID.

===Ext3===
This is a method for arranging data on a hard drive, used by Linux systems (including the Humax). Unlike FAT32, it can accommodate huge video files without being truncated. Unlike NTFS, the Humax can write to it. Unfortunately, Windows PCs can't access it without help in the form of a special driver. The Humax can format a drive up to 1TByte to Ext3 through its menus (which will wipe anything that's on the drive), but beware that the Humax format has compatibility issues with other Linux systems (and also possibly the Windows driver). If you are adding an external drive to the Humax that will be dedicated to the purpose - no problem, but if you might want to connect the drive to other systems and access the contents it would be as well to format it elsewhere. See also FAT32 and NTFS.

===FAQ===
''Frequently Asked Questions'' - the popular Internet abbreviation for the section of a web site that contains information which the authors are fed up with answering individually, or expect to be asked so they put it up as a pre-emptive measure. FAQ has since been adopted to mean any unchanging reference material.

===FAT / FAT32===
''File Allocation Table'' - This is a method for arranging data on a hard drive, the other main one from the PC point of view being NTFS. The original FAT was only suitable for small drives, but in those days drives were only small. FAT32 drives can be much bigger (2TByte), but something to be very aware of when playing with video is the file size limit: each individual file on a FAT32 drive can be no greater than 4GBytes in size (that's a couple of hours of StDef, but less than an hour of HiDef). A Windows PC can access a FAT32 drive no problem, so can Linux and the Humax - but if the Humax tries to write a file that is larger than 4GBytes to a FAT32 drive, the file will be truncated and the Humax won't tell you there has been an error. See also NTFS and Ext3.

===Foxy===
Recordings made by the Humax are encrypted on the drive using a code unique to each individual box. Directly accessing the recording files (eg by FTP) sees only the encrypted files, so any files extracted are only any use for backup purposes and must be replaced on that specific Humax to be decrypted for replay. Copying an StDef recording to USB using the Humax menus obligingly decrypts the file, but not so HiDef recordings - which remain encrypted to oblige the broadcasters. Foxy is a utility that runs on a Windows PC and is capable of clearing the Enc flag on a HiDef recording, and thus make it decryptable just like a StDef recording. See also .ts. Users of the modified software can clear the Enc flag automatically within the Humax, no need for Foxy.

===FTP===
''File Transfer Protocol'' - a simple (for computers) standard for two devices to communicate across a network for copying files about. Both ends have to understand FTP (and have it turned on) for it to work though! With FTP turned on in the menu settings, it is possible to access the Humax by FTP. Typically one runs an FTP client on the PC which then provides drag-and-drop file management.

===HD / HiDef===
''High Definition'' - I use HiDef to disambiguate from other meanings of HD: eg Hard Drive, or HD-FOX T2. By HiDef we mean the content recorded from the Freeview HD channels eg BBC HD, BBC1 HD etc.

===HD / HDD===
''Hard (Disc) Drive (for completeness)'' - computer disc drive, either bare for inclusion in a piece of equipment or housed in a case for connection by USB (external/portable hard drive).

===HDCP===
''High bandwidth Digital Content Protection'' - How do the big film companies publish HiDef Blu-ray video discs and stop them being instantly pirated? Well, there's not much chance of stopping determined pirates, but they can stop the ordinary public from making a copy to pass around the family (or a legitimate safety backup) by making sure the content never appears accessibly in the clear (code-speak for unencrypted). HDCP is enforced by licence - equipment makers have to sign up to it to be granted access to the technology, pay a lot for it, and they undertake not to let the datastream out. What it does is to negotiate the HDMI link. If the source is providing copy-protected material, it first negotiates with the destination that it requires a secure link (and only an HDCP-compliant device knows how to negotiate), the link is established, and then the video is sent until the link gets broken (and has to be re-negotiated). What is true of Blu-ray is also true of FreeviewHD - the broadcasters wish to keep control of it - so the Humax also negotiates a secure link with the TV. See also HDMI.

===HD-FOX T2===
The version of the Humax FreeviewHD tuner/PVR which does not include an internal hard drive and therefore only records to an external drive. "HD" for FreeviewHD, "T2" is the modulation scheme for broadcast digital HD used in the UK (not in common with most of the rest of the world). The HD-FOX T2 is also one tuner short of a full set (deficient in the tuner division to the leg of one).

===HDMI===
''High Definition Multimedia Interface'' - Unless you have a steam telly and are using the SCART interface, HDMI will be the type of connection you are using to send the video/sound to your TV (I still have a couple of tellies that don't even have SCART). In essence: SCART is an analogue interface, in other words the picture information is sent as continuous voltage levels; whereas HDMI is a digital interface and every single pixel on the screen is defined precisely by (typically) three bytes of data, 25 times a second. Add it up - that's a lot of data! SCART is okay for traditional 625-line pre-digital TV, but the analogue waveforms cannot keep up with the detail in HiDef video. The digital data in HDMI means that at each binary bit of every pixel, the transmission scheme only has to successfully communicate the difference between a "1" and a "0" - and even that is tricky at up to 340 million bits per second over a few metres of cheap cable. See also SCART, HDCP.

===HDR-FOX T2===
The version of the Humax FreeviewHD tuner/PVR which includes an internal hard drive (500GB or 1TB upgradeable to 2TB) "HDR" for FreeviewHD Recorder, "T2" is the modulation scheme for broadcasting digital HD used in the UK (not in common with most of the rest of the world), The HDR has Two Tuners.

===Humax / Hummy===
Abbreviated / jocular reference to a box made by Humax (the company). In this section of the Hummy.tv forum it would be natural to assume the author is referring to the HDR-FOX T2 unless otherwise stated. Much of the discussion here also applies to the HD-FOX T2, as indeed most of the discussion in the HD-FOX T2 section also applies here (I assume).

===.hdf===
''Humax Download Format (unsubstantiated)'' - Software updates for the Humax are distributed as .hdf files. If a USB memory stick is plugged into the Humax at boot-up, and it contains a .hdf file (precisely named "hdr_fox_t2_upgrade.hdf") in the top directory, the Humax will start a firmware/software update from the file (even if that version of software is already installed). The modified software is also distributed as .hdf files. Updating by downloading a .hdf to a USB stick is an alternative to the OTA (Over The Air) update service that happens automatically in areas able to receive FreeviewHD.

===NAS===
''Network-Attached Storage'' - an external hard disc drive accessed by an Ethernet connection instead of a USB cable. This means its content can be accessed by anything on the network, not just the PC it happens to be plugged into, and doesn't rely on the PC being turned on. Of course, if you have a USB drive plugged into the Humax and the Humax is on, you have a DLNA NAS (in addition to the drive already in the Humax).

===NTFS===
''New Technology File System'' - NT as in Windows NT, the basis of modern Windows (as opposed to the Win3.1 - Win98 - WinME product line). This is a method for arranging data on a hard drive, the other main one from the PC point of view being FAT32. NTFS does not suffer the file size limits of FAT32. A Windows PC can access a NTFS drive no problem, Linux can now but used to have trouble, but the Humax can only read from an NTFS drive - it can't write to it (although the modified software project may add that capability one day). See also FAT32 and Ext3.

===PRID===
''Programme Reference IDentifier'' - Unofficial, see CRID.

===PVR===
''Personal Video Recorder'' - Traditionally, a broadcast video recorder that records programmes to an internal memory/hard drive rather than a removeable disc (eg DVD-R) or tape cassette, therefore the recording is only available personally.

===RMA===
Return to Manufacturer Mode. Remove the custom firmware components.

===Samba===
Windows PCs can share their drives over a network so that the PCs can access the files on a remote PC as if they were on the local PC. The Linux method for sharing drives (compatible with Windows shares) is Samba. With the modified software installed on the Humax, Samba can also be installed and that makes the files on the Humax directly accessible from Windows PCs across the network, just like a local file. This means that any media player compatible with the .ts file format (once decrypted) can play the file regardless of DLNA, and fast-forward/rewind will work.

===SCART===
''Radio and Television Receiver Manufacturers' Association (in French)'' - Basically the chunky 21-pin connector that was used to connect AV equipment before HDMI came along. The Humax simultaneously outputs video and audio digitally on the HDMI, and to conventional analogue TV standards on the SCART and the phono connectors (composite video plus stereo audio - query: is RGB available on the SCART?). If you have an analogue DVD recorder, the SCART is probably the quickest way to copy a programme from the Humax to disc - the alternatives being a time-consuming process of decrypting and copying the content to a PC, then converting the file format to suit a DVD and burning it. See also HDMI.

===SD / StDef===
''Standard Definition (see also HiDef)'' - By StDef we mean the content recorded from the Freeview non-HD channels.

===SRID===
''Series Reference IDentifier'' - Unofficial, see CRID.

===.ts===
''Transport Stream'' - this is the "file type" of a video file recorded on the Humax, and each recording comprises a set of four files (three in the case of a radio recording) - all with the same name but having different file types, the important one being the .ts. Pressing the "Media" button on the handset lists the file sets, but to see the individual files requires exploring the Humax drive by FTP. Note that the .ts files as recorded by the Humax are encrypted, and if copied by FTP they remain encrypted. Decrypting the files requires a copy to be performed by the Humax menus onto an external drive (or a virtual drive if using the modified software, network drives in the future), and in the case of HiDef .ts files only after first clearing the Enc flag in the recording's file set (see Foxy). Files are also decrypted on-the-fly when being streamed to a DLNA client.

===TSR===
''Time Shifted Recording'' - Pausing and Rewinding Live TV. Allows the user to pause a live broadcast and return to it later.

===uPnP===
''Universal Plug-n-Play'' - A set of standards which provide the self-configuration we enjoy with our computer equipment these days. Remember when it used to be necessary to install and configure some kind of driver before anything would work at all? No?? You don't know you're born! These days, plug in a USB memory stick or a printer, chances are the operating system will think a little while and then the device is ready for use. USB uPnP standards are responsible for this, the hardware in the device is able to identify itself on request, then the operating system configures built-in drivers to deal with it. DLNA provides uPnP across a network, so for example a media streaming client is able to locate a server on the network without human intervention. See DLNA.

===USB===
''Universal Serial Bus'' - the (currently) ubiquitous socket for connecting peripherals to PCs, or in our case for connecting an external storage device (memory stick or portable hard drive) to the Humax. The HDR-FOX T2 has two USB sockets: one on the front under a flap, and one on the rear immediately below the Ethernet socket.

Glossary Of Terms

2022-02-20T14:54:10Z

Adsb: Add TSR

''Copied from Black Hole's [http://hummy.tv/forum/threads/faq-glossary-of-terms.403/ thread on hummy.tv] - note that (for the time being) the Forum version will be updated first.''

===BYTs===
''Bright Young Things'' - Fittingly at the top of the list (even though I've thought of something to explain starting with "A"), BYTs is the term I've coined for the fantastic bunch with the youth and energy to figure out the hacks that we are celebrating on this forum. Wind the clock back 20 or 30 years and it could have been me, but the brain now struggles to keep up. Don't worry, the rest of this glossary is serious!

===AR===
''Accurate Recording'' - See EPG.

===CRID, PRID, SRID===
''Content Reference IDentifier'' - The EPG provides unique reference codes to the programmes which are useful for machines to track the programmes (and potentially to retrieve additional information via the Internet). The Programme CRID (PRID - unofficial) identifies the programme individually and allows the Humax to ensure that repeats don't get recorded, the Series CRID (SRID - unofficial) allows it to identify programmes to be recorded by series link. The CRID codes can be seen on the Humax programme information screen (via the "i" button) by turning them on in the secret menu.

===DHCP===
''Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol'' - For your devices to co-exist on your home network, they each need a unique "address" so that data meant for a particular device gets there and not somewhere else. This is the IP (Internet Protocol) Address, and typically for a home network the addresses will be 192.168.0.x or 192.168.1.x (where x is 0-255). It is possible to allocate these addresses manually, but it is a chore and you have to make sure you choose a valid address and don't allocate the same address to more than one device. DHCP is an automatic system which lets the device request an address from a manager device - often the router in your broadband connection.

===DLNA===
''Digital Living Network Alliance'' - a set of standards which allow compatible devices to locate each other on the local Ethernet network, and access each other's content for streamed playback, without the user having to understand network configuration settings. If you want to use the Humax' media streaming capability to show it's content elsewhere (firmware update 1.02.20 onwards), you will need a DLNA client - possibly a program running on a PC, or another Humax box - although it is possible to use non-DLNA media players if you can work out the correct network reference. The advantage of using another Humax is that it can access the HiDef content too (most other solutions will only access StDef recordings - see DTCP). You can also use a DLNA server to provide content to the Humax, again either running on a PC or using a NAS box with built-in DLNA capability (many do these days). See also uPnP.

===DTCP===
''Digital Transmission Content Protection'' - a means of securing rights-restricted material transferred by any digital channel (in our case Ethernet). As a media server, the Humax protects HiDef recordings by DTCP, thus restricting your choice of clients to those which have paid the relevant licence fees (not unlike HDCP). Note that (by running the modified software) DTCP can be effectively switched off. See also HDCP.

===EPG===
''Electronic Programme Guide'' - Along with the broadcast stations on Freeview comes a data channel containing information about the upcoming programmes (on all channels) for the next 8 days. This information is collected and organised for display when you press the "Guide" button. The content is broadcast continuously cyclically, with the more important information (the current channel, today) repeated more often than less important (other channels, programmes later in the future) so that the whole download is complete in about 15-20 minutes. In addition to the programme guide is a status channel for the Now/Next display and programme change-over, so that (in theory) PVRs can start a recording automatically at the start of a programme, even if it has been delayed (or brought forward). This is known as AR (Accurate Recording), but doesn't always work because broadcasters are not always reliable in transmitting this information (some worse than others). See also CRID.

===Ext3===
This is a method for arranging data on a hard drive, used by Linux systems (including the Humax). Unlike FAT32, it can accommodate huge video files without being truncated. Unlike NTFS, the Humax can write to it. Unfortunately, Windows PCs can't access it without help in the form of a special driver. The Humax can format a drive up to 1TByte to Ext3 through its menus (which will wipe anything that's on the drive), but beware that the Humax format has compatibility issues with other Linux systems (and also possibly the Windows driver). If you are adding an external drive to the Humax that will be dedicated to the purpose - no problem, but if you might want to connect the drive to other systems and access the contents it would be as well to format it elsewhere. See also FAT32 and NTFS.

===FAQ===
''Frequently Asked Questions'' - the popular Internet abbreviation for the section of a web site that contains information which the authors are fed up with answering individually, or expect to be asked so they put it up as a pre-emptive measure. FAQ has since been adopted to mean any unchanging reference material.

===FAT / FAT32===
''File Allocation Table'' - This is a method for arranging data on a hard drive, the other main one from the PC point of view being NTFS. The original FAT was only suitable for small drives, but in those days drives were only small. FAT32 drives can be much bigger (2TByte), but something to be very aware of when playing with video is the file size limit: each individual file on a FAT32 drive can be no greater than 4GBytes in size (that's a couple of hours of StDef, but less than an hour of HiDef). A Windows PC can access a FAT32 drive no problem, so can Linux and the Humax - but if the Humax tries to write a file that is larger than 4GBytes to a FAT32 drive, the file will be truncated and the Humax won't tell you there has been an error. See also NTFS and Ext3.

===Foxy===
Recordings made by the Humax are encrypted on the drive using a code unique to each individual box. Directly accessing the recording files (eg by FTP) sees only the encrypted files, so any files extracted are only any use for backup purposes and must be replaced on that specific Humax to be decrypted for replay. Copying an StDef recording to USB using the Humax menus obligingly decrypts the file, but not so HiDef recordings - which remain encrypted to oblige the broadcasters. Foxy is a utility that runs on a Windows PC and is capable of clearing the Enc flag on a HiDef recording, and thus make it decryptable just like a StDef recording. See also .ts. Users of the modified software can clear the Enc flag automatically within the Humax, no need for Foxy.

===FTP===
''File Transfer Protocol'' - a simple (for computers) standard for two devices to communicate across a network for copying files about. Both ends have to understand FTP (and have it turned on) for it to work though! With FTP turned on in the menu settings, it is possible to access the Humax by FTP. Typically one runs an FTP client on the PC which then provides drag-and-drop file management.

===HD / HiDef===
''High Definition'' - I use HiDef to disambiguate from other meanings of HD: eg Hard Drive, or HD-FOX T2. By HiDef we mean the content recorded from the Freeview HD channels eg BBC HD, BBC1 HD etc.

===HD / HDD===
''Hard (Disc) Drive (for completeness)'' - computer disc drive, either bare for inclusion in a piece of equipment or housed in a case for connection by USB (external/portable hard drive).

===HDCP===
''High bandwidth Digital Content Protection'' - How do the big film companies publish HiDef Blu-ray video discs and stop them being instantly pirated? Well, there's not much chance of stopping determined pirates, but they can stop the ordinary public from making a copy to pass around the family (or a legitimate safety backup) by making sure the content never appears accessibly in the clear (code-speak for unencrypted). HDCP is enforced by licence - equipment makers have to sign up to it to be granted access to the technology, pay a lot for it, and they undertake not to let the datastream out. What it does is to negotiate the HDMI link. If the source is providing copy-protected material, it first negotiates with the destination that it requires a secure link (and only an HDCP-compliant device knows how to negotiate), the link is established, and then the video is sent until the link gets broken (and has to be re-negotiated). What is true of Blu-ray is also true of FreeviewHD - the broadcasters wish to keep control of it - so the Humax also negotiates a secure link with the TV. See also HDMI.

===HD-FOX T2===
The version of the Humax FreeviewHD tuner/PVR which does not include an internal hard drive and therefore only records to an external drive. "HD" for FreeviewHD, "T2" is the modulation scheme for broadcast digital HD used in the UK (not in common with most of the rest of the world). The HD-FOX T2 is also one tuner short of a full set (deficient in the tuner division to the leg of one).

===HDMI===
''High Definition Multimedia Interface'' - Unless you have a steam telly and are using the SCART interface, HDMI will be the type of connection you are using to send the video/sound to your TV (I still have a couple of tellies that don't even have SCART). In essence: SCART is an analogue interface, in other words the picture information is sent as continuous voltage levels; whereas HDMI is a digital interface and every single pixel on the screen is defined precisely by (typically) three bytes of data, 25 times a second. Add it up - that's a lot of data! SCART is okay for traditional 625-line pre-digital TV, but the analogue waveforms cannot keep up with the detail in HiDef video. The digital data in HDMI means that at each binary bit of every pixel, the transmission scheme only has to successfully communicate the difference between a "1" and a "0" - and even that is tricky at up to 340 million bits per second over a few metres of cheap cable. See also SCART, HDCP.

===HDR-FOX T2===
The version of the Humax FreeviewHD tuner/PVR which includes an internal hard drive (500GB or 1TB upgradeable to 2TB) "HDR" for FreeviewHD Recorder, "T2" is the modulation scheme for broadcasting digital HD used in the UK (not in common with most of the rest of the world), The HDR has Two Tuners.

===Humax / Hummy===
Abbreviated / jocular reference to a box made by Humax (the company). In this section of the Hummy.tv forum it would be natural to assume the author is referring to the HDR-FOX T2 unless otherwise stated. Much of the discussion here also applies to the HD-FOX T2, as indeed most of the discussion in the HD-FOX T2 section also applies here (I assume).

===.hdf===
''Humax Download Format (unsubstantiated)'' - Software updates for the Humax are distributed as .hdf files. If a USB memory stick is plugged into the Humax at boot-up, and it contains a .hdf file (precisely named "hdr_fox_t2_upgrade.hdf") in the top directory, the Humax will start a firmware/software update from the file (even if that version of software is already installed). The modified software is also distributed as .hdf files. Updating by downloading a .hdf to a USB stick is an alternative to the OTA (Over The Air) update service that happens automatically in areas able to receive FreeviewHD.

===NAS===
''Network-Attached Storage'' - an external hard disc drive accessed by an Ethernet connection instead of a USB cable. This means its content can be accessed by anything on the network, not just the PC it happens to be plugged into, and doesn't rely on the PC being turned on. Of course, if you have a USB drive plugged into the Humax and the Humax is on, you have a DLNA NAS (in addition to the drive already in the Humax).

===NTFS===
''New Technology File System'' - NT as in Windows NT, the basis of modern Windows (as opposed to the Win3.1 - Win98 - WinME product line). This is a method for arranging data on a hard drive, the other main one from the PC point of view being FAT32. NTFS does not suffer the file size limits of FAT32. A Windows PC can access a NTFS drive no problem, Linux can now but used to have trouble, but the Humax can only read from an NTFS drive - it can't write to it (although the modified software project may add that capability one day). See also FAT32 and Ext3.

===PRID===
''Programme Reference IDentifier'' - Unofficial, see CRID.

===PVR===
''Personal Video Recorder'' - Traditionally, a broadcast video recorder that records programmes to an internal memory/hard drive rather than a removeable disc (eg DVD-R) or tape cassette, therefore the recording is only available personally.

===Samba===
Windows PCs can share their drives over a network so that the PCs can access the files on a remote PC as if they were on the local PC. The Linux method for sharing drives (compatible with Windows shares) is Samba. With the modified software installed on the Humax, Samba can also be installed and that makes the files on the Humax directly accessible from Windows PCs across the network, just like a local file. This means that any media player compatible with the .ts file format (once decrypted) can play the file regardless of DLNA, and fast-forward/rewind will work.

===SCART===
''Radio and Television Receiver Manufacturers' Association (in French)'' - Basically the chunky 21-pin connector that was used to connect AV equipment before HDMI came along. The Humax simultaneously outputs video and audio digitally on the HDMI, and to conventional analogue TV standards on the SCART and the phono connectors (composite video plus stereo audio - query: is RGB available on the SCART?). If you have an analogue DVD recorder, the SCART is probably the quickest way to copy a programme from the Humax to disc - the alternatives being a time-consuming process of decrypting and copying the content to a PC, then converting the file format to suit a DVD and burning it. See also HDMI.

===SD / StDef===
''Standard Definition (see also HiDef)'' - By StDef we mean the content recorded from the Freeview non-HD channels.

===SRID===
''Series Reference IDentifier'' - Unofficial, see CRID.

===.ts===
''Transport Stream'' - this is the "file type" of a video file recorded on the Humax, and each recording comprises a set of four files (three in the case of a radio recording) - all with the same name but having different file types, the important one being the .ts. Pressing the "Media" button on the handset lists the file sets, but to see the individual files requires exploring the Humax drive by FTP. Note that the .ts files as recorded by the Humax are encrypted, and if copied by FTP they remain encrypted. Decrypting the files requires a copy to be performed by the Humax menus onto an external drive (or a virtual drive if using the modified software, network drives in the future), and in the case of HiDef .ts files only after first clearing the Enc flag in the recording's file set (see Foxy). Files are also decrypted on-the-fly when being streamed to a DLNA client.

===TSR===
''Time Shifted Recording'' - Pausing and Rewinding Live TV. Allows the user to pause a live broadcast and return to it later.

===uPnP===
''Universal Plug-n-Play'' - A set of standards which provide the self-configuration we enjoy with our computer equipment these days. Remember when it used to be necessary to install and configure some kind of driver before anything would work at all? No?? You don't know you're born! These days, plug in a USB memory stick or a printer, chances are the operating system will think a little while and then the device is ready for use. USB uPnP standards are responsible for this, the hardware in the device is able to identify itself on request, then the operating system configures built-in drivers to deal with it. DLNA provides uPnP across a network, so for example a media streaming client is able to locate a server on the network without human intervention. See DLNA.

===USB===
''Universal Serial Bus'' - the (currently) ubiquitous socket for connecting peripherals to PCs, or in our case for connecting an external storage device (memory stick or portable hard drive) to the Humax. The HDR-FOX T2 has two USB sockets: one on the front under a flap, and one on the rear immediately below the Ethernet socket.

Install Modified Firmware

2014-12-19T18:15:26Z

Adsb: Don't use the remote control 'power on' button

The procedure for upgrading Humax software, both original and customised (Modified) is detailed below.

==HDR Fox T2==

* [[Firmware_Downloads | '''Download the firmware''']] and, if it is a zip file, extract it
* Ensure the resulting file is named ''HDR_FOX_T2_Upgrade.hdf''
* Place the file in the root of a FAT32 formatted USB Flash / disk Drive *
* Put the unit into standby using the remote or the central 'big button' on the Unit
* Make sure that the unit has completely shut down by listening for the hard drive to power down (accompanied by a click)
* Remove all USB devices
* Plug the USB Flash Device containing the HDF file into a USB port
* Turn on the TV and switch to the Humax input
* Start up the Humax using the big button on the front of the unit ('''not''' by using the remote control)
* The software update should begin automatically and the progress shown on the TV screen
* The initial ''download'' is very quick and then programming takes 2-3 minutes
* Pauses in the percentage time bar are quite normal
* A list of possible Error codes that may be displayed are detailed [[Firmware Error Codes|'''HERE''']]
* When the update is complete End will appear on the front display and ''Success Downloading!'' will appear on the TV
* Unplug the USB Flash Device containing the HDR_FOX_T2_Upgrade.hdf file
* re-connect any other USB devices e.g. Wi-Fi adadper, Hard disk Drives etc. (ensure that the HDF file is not present)
* Press the big button on the front again to restart with the new firmware

'''To Install a Full Web Interface Continue''' [[Install_Full_Web_Interface | '''HERE''']]

==HD Fox T2==

{{note|The HD Fox T2 requires a USB Flash / Disk Drive with a minimum of 2GB to be connected when operating with Custom Firmware otherwise it will not be possible to install additional software packages, Flash devices must be formatted in EXT2 using a P.C. program such as GParted “Live” CD, Hard Disk devices can be formatted in EXT3 by the HD FOX T2}}
* [[Firmware_Downloads | '''Download the firmware''']] and, if it is a zip file, extract it
* Ensure the resulting file is named ''HD_FOX_T2_Upgrade.hdf''
* Place the file in the root of a FAT32 formatted USB Flash / disk Drive *
* Put the unit into standby using the remote, or power button on the front
* Plug the USB Flash device into the USB port
* Turn on the TV and switch to the Humax input
* Press and hold down the power button on the front until you see the software update begin, and the progress is shown on the TV screen
* The initial ''download'' is very quick and then programming takes 2-3 minutes
* Pauses in the percentage time bar are quite normal
* A list of possible Error codes that may be displayed are detailed [[Firmware Error Codes|'''HERE''']]
* When the update is complete End will appear on the front display and ''Success Downloading!'' will appear on the TV
* Unplug the USB Flash Device and delete the HD_FOX_T2_Upgrade.hdf file
* Reconnect a USB Flash / Hard Disk drive formatted in EXT2 / EXT3 (See Note above)
* Press the power button on the front to restart with the new firmware

'''To Install a Full Web Interface Continue''' [[Install_Full_Web_Interface | '''HERE''']]

{{note|
Some USB Flash / Disk Drives* are reported not to work, The reason for this is not fully understood, However the following Tips are known to help :-
* Ensure no other USB devices are connected
* Do not use a USB extender cable
* Removing all other files / full-formatting can prevent file fragmentation
* Try both USB ports (HDR)
* Smaller capacity drives seem to work more successfully than large ones
* Last Resort, Try a different USB Flash Drive
}}

Custom TV Portal (Legacy)

2014-09-18T21:57:55Z

Adsb: BBC Big Screen iPlayer closed September 2014

__NOTOC__
[[File:tv-portal.png|100px|right]]

{{Note|The packages on this page are now considered as non-current, they have been superseded by the [[Custom_TV_Portal|'''New Portal''']]. These packages lost a lot of their functionality when Humax introduced the App. based TV portal and Version 1.03.06 firmware.}}

==Portal Xtra1==

The Portal Xtra1 Package was the second generation of the original Custom TV Portal, It incorporated all the functions of the original Custom TV Portal and also had extra features

The Portal Xtra1 package cannot be installed at the same time as the original Custom TV Portal, it is compatible with the custom-portal plugin architecture, so the foscam plug-in works with this too.

===How do I enable the Custom TV Portal?===

It can be installed from the Standard Web-If Package Management list

===How do I access the Custom TV Portal?===

Once the Custom TV Portal is installed and the Humax has been rebooted, pressing the remote ‘TV Portal’ Button, will display a new Selection Menu as follows :-

[[File:cust-port2.png |600px]]

Note that, as of September 2014, one cannot access BBC iPlayer using this custom portal with pre-1.03 firmware.

{| border="1"
|-
! width="140"| Humax (Portal)
! width="240"|Custom (Portal)
! width="190"|Apps
|-
|1.Original Humax Portal
|1.Sky Player (0.9)
|1.News Feed
|-
|2.BBC iplayer (no longer working)
|2.Twitter
|2.TV Chat
|-
|3.Internet Radio
|3.Facebook (working)
|
|-
|4.WIKI @TV
|4.AccuWeather
|
|-
|5.Flicker
|5.Daily Express Newspapers
|
|-
|6.YouTube
|6.Techie Buzz
|
|-
|7.Picasa
|7.OK Magazine
|
|-
|8.Teletext Holidays
|8.Daily Star
|
|-
|
|9.Jobsite
|
|}

{| border="1"
|-
! width="140"|Xtra (More Apps.)
! width="240"|= Menu
! width="190"|Hidden Developer Menu
|-
|1.iVid (Italian)
|1.Select News Feed (1-9)
|1.Test App
|-
|2.Family Message
|2.Internet Time On
|2.Enter Test URL
|-
|3.Check Body
|3.System Info. (not Working)
|3.Scancode Test Mode ON
|-
|4.Smart Metronome
|4.Web-If (Not Working)
|
|-
|5.Do Squats
|
|
|-
|6.Guitar Chords
|
|
|-
|7.Push Up Master
|
|7.tv.Tausoft.co.uk Portal
|-
|8.Google (Test)
|8.Whats My User Agent?
|8.Home Server 192.X.X.X
|-
|9.MIT Experts (for Devs)
|9.About (9) Hidden Developer Menu
|9.Reload This Page
|}

'''NOTE''' The OK key will refresh the Menus, It will also momentarily display the current TV channel next to " = Menu"

==Custom TV Portal (Original)==

NOTE:- The Original Custom TV portal is no longer available from the Web-If >> Packages Menu, It was replaced by Portal Xtra1,
the original TV portal can be obtained from here:-

 '''http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/old/custom-portal_1.12_mipsel.opk''' 

[[File:cust-port.png |600px]]
*Humax Portal = Original Humax TV Portal
*Our Portal = New Custom TV Portal, -- Sky Player (Subscription Required), Picasa, Twitter, Teletext Holidays, Test pages 1 & 2
*Settings = (Options) -- a demo display of the Web-If Main page
*Xtra Portal = Alternative Custom TV Portal (Only displayed if the Portal Xtra1 Plug-in is installed)

==Portal Foscam==

This package worked in conjunction with the Custom TV Portals to display video on screen from Foscam compatible cameras. It adds a section to the webif settings page for configuring the camera IP, user and password (see below) and a new button in the portal itself to launch the app.

NOTE:- the Current 'New Portal' does not support Portal Foscam

[[File:foscamsettings.png|300px|left]]

'''The following cameras work with this package'''

* Foscam IP Web-cam
* Wansview NCB541W
* Storage Options SON-IPC1

'''Notes'''

# 1, 3, 7 & 9 are to move the image to different corners of the screen
# Cusror keys for up, down, left and right camera movement
# Green is the zoom button (full screen and then back again)
# Blue goes back to the portal start page
# Red tries to reload the page
# Not all functions are available on all cameras

Custom Firmware Package Notes

2012-11-13T11:01:55Z

Adsb: Mention that one can't inspect live streams off air.

'''BRIEF NOTES FOR CUSTOM FIRMWARE PACKAGES'''
{{Note|Some Functions of the Web Interface are 'Built-In' and do not require an additional package to be installed, These Features are covered in the Web If section of this page

Some packages require a reboot (Hard disk spin down) before they take effect}}

==7Zip==

Command line utility that can pack and unpack zip type files

*Supported Packing / unpacking Formats = 7z, XZ, BZIP2, GZIP, TAR, ZIP and WIM
*Supported Unpacking only = ARJ, CAB, CHM, CPIO, CramFS, DEB, DMG, FAT, HFS, ISO, LZH, LZMA, MBR, MSI, NSIS, NTFS, RAR, RPM, SquashFS, UDF, VHD, WIM, XAR and Z.

==Auto-Unprotect==

The Auto Unprotect package runs in the background and automatically removes the Encryption Protected flag on High Definition recordings. This is the flag which prevents the file from being decrypted in the same way a Standard Definition file. On first installation, the hard disk will be scanned for any high definition recordings and they will be unprotected. Thereafter new recordings will have the flag removed as they are completed. See reset_unprotect [[Diagnostic_Utilities | '''HERE''']] to fix any 'missed files'

Auto Unprotect also makes a change to the DLNA index so that High Definition files can be streamed without DTCP

NOTE:- The removal of the ENC flag does not decrypt the file, However it does make decryption possible by the same means as a Standard Definition file, see flow chart [[Encryption |'''HERE''']]

==Auto-Update==

This package automatically keeps the installed packages up to date by checking for any new releases daily and automatically downloading and installing them, It will check once per day at the earliest power on, for most people probably the 04:30 boot

==Bash==

Bourne Again SHell is an enhanced [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sh | '''Sh (Shell)''']] Command line / scripting language [http://www.gnu.org/software/bash/manual/bashref.html '''See Reference Guide''']

==Betaftpd==

===For HDR-Fox T2===

The HDR-FOX T2 has a built-in FTP server, This default server will still be in available after the Custom Firmware is installed, However only files under ‘Media’ are visible, Betaftpd has two possible Logins, If login = humaxftp and password = 0000 is used then only ‘Media’ is visible. If login = root and password = 0000 is used then the entire file system is accessible. If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used

NOTE:- The Built-in FTP server must be turned off if Betaftpd is used with Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = OFF

===For HD-Fox T2===

Betaftpd will add an FTP server to the Humax after installation, Betaftpd has two possible Logins, If login = humaxftp and password = 0000 is used then only ‘Media’ is visible. If login = root and password = 0000 is used then the entire file system is accessible. If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used

==Blocklist==

See Transmission (torrent) Block List notes [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Blocklist_2|'''HERE''']]

==BootHDR==

This Function for the HD-FOX T2 only, Allows the HD-FOX T2 to run the software for the HDR-FOX T2, to allow decryption of recordings by copying to a volume, BootHDR can be installed from the Web-If packages screen (of the HD-Fox T2 only). Here is the equivalent command line (Telnet) :-

 opkg install wget 

 opkg install boothdr --force-reinstall 

==Bsed==

Binary-safe search/replace utility.

==BusyBox==

Your Humax box has a ‘Unix’ operating system, Busybox is a package that provides 158 common Unix [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sh_.28SHell.29 | '''Sh (Shell)''']] commands that can be used in a Telnet sessions, The List below shows the available commands, There is no 'man' command that would explain what they do, but most commands can have a -? or -h extension to get some help e.g. ls -?, A command look up table can be found [http://busybox.net/downloads/BusyBox.html '''HERE''']

NOTE:- It is not a good idea to 'Play' with these commands if you don't know what you are doing

<div style="column-count:8;-moz-column-count:8;-webkit-column-count:8">
*[
*[[
*ar
*arp
*arping
*ash
*awk
*base64
*basename
*bunzip2
*bzcat
*bzip2
*cal
*cat
*catv
*chgrp
*chmod
*chown
*chroot
*cksum
*clear
*cmp
*comm
*cp
*cpio
*cut
*date
*dc
*dd
*df
*diff
*dirname
*dos2unix
*du
*echo
*ed
*egrep
*env
*ether-wake
*expr
*false
*fgrep
*find
*fold
*free
*ftpget
*ftpput
*fuser
*grep
*gunzip
*gzip
*hd
*head
*hexdump
*ifconfig
*insmod
*install
*iostat
*kill
*killall
*killall5
*last
*less
*ln
*logname
*ls
*lsmod
*lsusb
*lzcat
*lzma
*md5sum
*mkdir
*mkfifo
*mknod
*mktemp
*modinfo
*modprobe
*more
*mpstat
*mv
*nc
*netstat
*nice
*nmeter
*nohup
*nslookup
*od
*patch
*pgrep
*ping
*pkill
*pmap
*printenv
*printf
*ps
*pstree
*pwd
*pwdx
*readlink
*realpath
*renice
*rm
*rmdir
*rmmod
*route
*rpm
*sed
*sendmail
*seq
*sh
*sha1sum
*sha256sum
*sha512sum
*sleep
*sort
*split
*stat
*strings
*stty
*sum
*sync
*sysctl
*tail
*tar
*tee
*telnet
*test
*tftp
*time
*top
*touch
*tr
*traceroute
*true
*tty
*uname
*uniq
*unix2dos
*unlzma
*unxz
*unzip
*uptime
*usleep
*uudecode
*uuencode
*vi
*watch
*wc
*wget
*which
*who
*whoami
*xargs
*xz
*xzcat
*yes
*zcat
</div>

==CIFS==

The Common Internet File System. The cifs package provides the Humax with the ability to remotely access files shared from PCs using Windows file sharing. This package adds the support to the running system but mounting remote file systems must currently be performed from the command line, Example :-

 mkdir /media/NAS 

 mkdir "/media/My Video/NAS" 

 mount -t cifs //server/share /media/NAS -o user=abc,password=def 

 mount -t cifs "//server/share /media/My Video/NAS" -o user=abc,password=def 

==Cron==

Cron is a time-based job scheduler that will auto-run tasks for you, It is built into Busybox which is a standard utility on your Humax, so cron does not need to be installed, the tasks are held in a cron table or crontab, here is an example crontab :-

<pre>
humax# cd /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/
humax# cat root
0 2 * * * /mod/sbin/anacron -s -d
1,31 * * * * /mod/sbin/unencrypt "/mnt/hd2/My Video/archive" > /mod/tmp/unencrypt.log 2>&1
*/10 * * * * /mod/sbin/rs_process >> /mod/tmp/rs.log 2>&1
humax#

</pre>

Each line of crontab has the following structure:

<Minute> <Hour> <Day> <Month> <Day of Week> <Command line> Note :- * = All or Every

The three examples above will run
#at 2AM every day
#at 1 Minute and 31 Minutes of every Hour every day
#every 10 Minutes continuously

It is possible to display all cron jobs with the following command line:-

 crontab -l 

To add a new cron job edit file /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/root and add a new line

==Curl Command==

curl command line utility

==Custom TV Portal==

An extension to the Humax TV Portal that adds more features

Full Guide[[Custom_TV_Portal | '''HERE''']]

==Dedup (Command Line)==

The dedup package adds a command line utility which can consolidate recordings within a single folder so that duplicates are removed and the remaining episodes are renamed so that the episode name and number (if available) are displayed in the Media Browser

Note:- There is a 'built-in' version of Dedup in the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Web_IF | '''Web-If ''']] that effectivly replaces the command line package, However if the dedup package is installed it is possible to perform the following Telnet commands from the folder you have navigated to:-

 dedup HIDE lists the recordings there and shows what they would be renamed to

 dedup -yes HIDE perform the changes as detailed below :-

*Renames the files on disk to match the episode name
*Changes the title shown in the media list to match the episode name
*Identifies duplicate episodes and moves them to a sub-folder called dup/

==Disable DSO==

Disable automatic retuning in response to Digital-Switch-Over events

==Disable OTA==

This feature inhibits any Over The Air Software updates that may be transmitted by Humax

==Dropbear SSH==

A secure shell (ssh) server for the Humax. This package provides remote command line access over an encrypted session and is a secure alternative to using Telnet
to gain command line access - although it causes the box to do more work. Also allows the use of ''scp'' (secure copy) as a secure alternative to FTP.

Login with username=root, password=humax

==Dvbsnoop==

Utility for inspecting DVB files. Some more info [http://dvbsnoop.sourceforge.net/ '''HERE''']

Note that one cannot inspect live streams off air on the Humax, as the Humax doesn't provide the required software interface to its DVB hardware.

==E2fs_Progs==

Ext2/3/4 File system Utilities. The Linux File Disk system used on the Humax. Useful for formatting a USB Flash drive in EXT2 to avoid journalling, first allow the Humax to format the drive as EXT3 then follow the procedure [[FAQs#How_do_I_convert_a_drive_to_EXT2.3F|'''HERE''']]

==EPG==

The command line utility used by the Electronic Program Guide in the Web-If e.g. :-

<pre>
humax# epg
Humax EPG Tool v1.0.8, by af123, 2011.

Syntax: epg [options] [filters] <command>...

Options:
-b Brief output.
-d[level] Set debug level.
-f<file> Specify alternate EPG data file.
-h Show help text.
-p Parsable output.

Filters: (can be specified multiple times, all must be true)
-C<CRID> Show only events with this CRID.
-D<descriptor type> Show only selected descriptor type.
-E<event id> Show only selected event.
-R<SCRID> Show only events with this Series ID.
-S<service id> Show only selected service.
-T<content type> Show only selected content types.
-@<unix timestamp> Show only programmes at time.
-/<unix timestamp> Show only programmes on day.
-/<days> Show only programmes on day.
-=<start>:<end> Show only programmes in time period.

Commands:
dump Show a parsed summary of the EPG.
dumpraw Show raw data from the EPG.
sqldump Produce SQL statements from EPG data.
sqlitedump <file> Create SQLite database from EPG data.
now Show what is currently on.
first Show the time of the earliest record.
last Show the time of the latest record.
parse Parse the EPG, no output.
search <text> Search programme names for text.
searchall <text> Search programme names/descriptions for text.
</pre>

==Epg Keywords (Web-If)==

This package was a web interface plugin which allowed a list of keywords to be configured and when found an email was sent Weekly to a specified email address detailing any programmes in the EPG which matched the keywords

NOTE:- The EPG Keywords functionality has now been moved to [[Remote_Scheduling_Auto | '''Remote Scheduling Auto''']]

Initial Setup :-
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> Email address >> myname@talktalk.co.uk
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> SMTP >> smtp.talktalk.co.uk
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> SEND TEST EMAIL

==Enable Telnet==

Enable Telnet will install a telnet package onto a HDR unit. This package is only available for USB installation (It is not available via the Web-If)

==Ffmpeg==

FFmpeg will record, convert and stream audio and video, It includes libavcodec - the leading audio/video codec library, It also displays information about video and audio files. See Link [http://ffmpeg.org/ffmpeg.html '''HERE''']

==Fix-disk==

''fix-disk'' is a disk partition repair utilty (built into Custom Firmware Ver 2.12 and above) for the Humax HDR-Fox T2. It does a full file system check, repairing minor faults automatically as it goes. It will also allow you to fix the delete loop problem.

The utility is invoked via [[Telnet]].

{{Note|If you try running ''fix-disk'' via telnet and get an error which looks like
''/bin/sh: y: not found''
then your Telnet client is not set up properly - see the [[Telnet|Telnet Notes]] for more information.}}

=== Invocation ===

humax# fix-disk 

Warning: This procedure will freeze the Humax for anything up to 2 hours.
Please ensure that no recordings are currently in progress or scheduled during this time.
Do you wish to continue [Y/N]?

 y 

After reboot please wait until the front panel display shows:"
MAINTENANCE'''
and then Telnet in and type this command:
fix-disk
Rebooting.....

humax# fix-disk 

Checking partition /dev/sda3...
Checking partition /dev/sda1...
Creating swap file...
Checking partition /dev/sda2...
Are you having problems with a delete loop [Y/N]?

Note:- If the Humax is constantly displaying the word 'Deleting', answer Yes, if not answer No

 y or n 

Finished - type 'reboot' to return to normal operation

humax# reboot 

==Fix-disk (USB)==

As fix-disk is now built into Custom Firmware 2.12 and is therefore already resident on your hard drive, the USB version is no longer recommended or supported. However it is still available [[http://www66.zippyshare.com/v/44898524/file.html '''HERE''']]

==Flatten==

This feature changes how recorded programs are displayed on screen in the 'Media - My Video' menu, Series of programs are normally grouped into a sub-folder, Flatten will move the contents of sub-folders to the main 'Top' folder and remove empty sub-folders, After installing flatten the Web-If will have an option under OPT+ which lets you toggle directories between flatten and no-flatten

'''NOTE''' :- All directories will default to have flatten turned on unless they are changed

'''Exceptions'''

* Folders marked as no flatten using the OPT+ option will not be flattened
* Folders whose names are bounded by square brackets e.g. [NOT THIS ONE] will not be flattened
* Folders containing a file called .noflatten will not be flattened (Note:- Create this file Via Telnet)

==Flexget==

FlexGet is a multipurpose automation tool for content like torrents, nzbs, podcasts, comics, series, movies, etc.It can use different kinds of sources like RSS-feeds, html pages, csv files,search engines and there are even plugins for sites that do not provide any kind of useful feeds.

A Typical Cron entry for Flexget would be :-

 */1 * * * * /mod/bin/flexget -c /mod/.flexget/config.yml --cron 

* Flexget Documentation [http://flexget.com '''HERE''']

==Forcedate==

This utility forces the date on your Humax to 16 November 2011 12:34:56. It is require if the Humax can't get Time / Date info Over The Air. After using Forcedate it is possible to set time / date to internet time automatically on boot-up using [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Ntp_Client | '''NTP Client''']]

==Foscam==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Foscam | '''HERE''']]

==FTP==

File Transfer Protocol is a method of transferring files to and from your Humax, The Humax HDR-Fox T2 has a built-in FTP for access to the media folders only. See the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Betaftpd |'''Betaftpd package''' ]] for access to the full Humax file structure or to add an FTP server to the HD-Fox T2. To use FTP on a P.C. a program that handles FTP is required, Internet Explorer and Windows (file) Explorer will allow FTP access by entering ftp://10.0.0.200 into the address bar, Although access may be restricted to media folders only, even when using the Betaftpd package, If access to the whole file structure is required programs like Filezilla or WS_FTP_Pro can be used.

Notes :-
* To use the Built-In Humax FTP server MENU >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = ON
* When using Betaftpd MENU >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = OFF
*10.0.0.200 needs to be replaced with your own Humax IP address
*login = humaxftp
*password = 0000 (your Remote Pin default). If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used

==Grep==

Grep is built into Busybox and is used to search through a file or files looking for specified blocks of text, The output can be displayed on-screen or sent to a new file. [http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?egrep Syntax Here]

Associated utilities = Egrep, Fgrep

<pre>
humax# cat original-file.txt

-H Add 'filename:' prefix
-h Do not add 'filename:' prefix
-n Add 'line_no:' prefix
-l Show only names of files that match
-L Show only names of files that don't match
-c Show only count of matching lines
-o Show only the matching part of line
-q Quiet. Return 0 if PATTERN is found, 1 otherwise
-v Select non-matching lines
-s Suppress open and read errors
-r Recurse
-i Ignore case
-w Match whole words only
-F PATTERN is a literal (not regexp)
-E PATTERN is an extended regexp
-m N Match up to N times per file
-A N Print N lines of trailing context
-B N Print N lines of leading context
-C N Same as '-A N -B N'
-e PTRN Pattern to match
-f FILE Read pattern from file

humax# grep match original-file.txt
-l Show only names of files that match
-L Show only names of files that don't match
-c Show only count of matching lines
-o Show only the matching part of line
-v Select non-matching lines
-e PTRN Pattern to match
humax#
</pre>

==Gnu Fdisk==

GNU fdisk

==HMT==

This package displays information on the humax *.hmt file, A small 'sidecar' file created alongside the main *.ts video file

From a Telnet Session, Navigate to a directory containing an *.hmt file, Then enter hmt {filename}

 hmt KAISER_CHIEFS_DD5_1_20110410_0147.hmt 

<pre>
humax# hmt KAISER_CHIEFS_DD5_1_20110410_0147.hmt
Format:HD
Title:KAISER CHIEFS DD5.1
Channel:4096 (BBC HD)
Folder:/mnt/hd2/My Video/MY-ARCHIVE/
Filename:KAISER CHIEFS DD5_1_20110410_0147
Genre:Entertainment
EPG:Performance from the Kaiser Chiefs from the Later... with Jools Holland archives.
They play I Predict a Riot, the party and festival anthem of 2005.

Flags: HD,Unlimited Copies,
Copy count:0

Scheduled start:1302396300 (Sun Apr 10 00:45:00 2011)
Scheduled duration:300
Recording start:1302396449 (Sun Apr 10 00:47:29 2011)
Recording end:1302396706 (Sun Apr 10 00:51:46 2011)
Play resumes at: 15 seconds in.

Service ID (SID):17472
Transport Stream ID (TSID):16516
Originating Network ID (ONID):9018
Programme Map Table PID (PMTPID):100
Video PID:101
Audio PID:102
Bookmarks:0 =
</pre>

==Humidify==

A utility for manipulating Humax Download Format (HDF) files

==Id3v2==

A command line ID3v1.1 tagger for MP3 files. See also See also [[#Popol |'''Popol''']]

Available commands

<pre>
-h, --help Display this help and exit
-f, --list-frames Display all possible frames for id3v2
-L, --list-genres Lists all id3v1 genres
-v, --version Display version information and exit
-l, --list Lists the tag(s) on the file(s)
-R, --list-rfc822 Lists using an rfc822-style format for output
-d, --delete-v2 Deletes id3v2 tags
-s, --delete-v1 Deletes id3v1 tags
-D, --delete-all Deletes both id3v1 and id3v2 tags
-C, --convert Converts id3v1 tag to id3v2
-1, --id3v1-only Writes only id3v1 tag
-2, --id3v2-only Writes only id3v2 tag
-a, --artist "ARTIST" Set the artist information
-A, --album "ALBUM" Set the album title information
-t, --song "SONG" Set the song title information
-c, --comment "DESCRIPTION":"COMMENT":"LANGUAGE"
Set the comment information (both
description and language optional)
-g, --genre num Set the genre number
-y, --year num Set the year
-T, --track num/num Set the track number/(optional) total tracks

You can set the value for any id3v2 frame by using '--' and then frame id
For example:
id3v2 --TIT3 "Monkey!" file.mp3
would set the "Subtitle/Description" frame to "Monkey!".
</pre>

==Inadyn==
A Dynamic DNS client with web configuration plugin (see webif settings page), The log file is blanked whenever the box set to standby and a new one created when switched from standby

==In Use==

Utility for checking whether a recording is in use

==I-Phone Interface==

An iphone optimised web interface for the Humax

Screen Shots [[Smartphone_Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''HERE''']]

==Ir (Web-If Remote Controller)==

This package adds a fully functioning Remote Controller to the Web Interface, Full Details [[WebIf_Remote_Controller|'''HERE''']]

==lsof==

This unix command stands for LiSt of Open Files,With no extentions it will default to 'All' open files, But it is probably more useful when used with a filter as shown in the examples :-

 lsof | grep humaxtv HIDE All files opened by the main Humax TV process

 lsof | cut -f 1 -d' ' | sort | uniq HIDE List all processes that have opened files

 lsof | grep epg HIDE All files opened by the EPG process

<pre>humax# lsof | grep epg
epg 596 root cwd 0000 31,0 1307722938 21474853357 /dev
epg 596 root rtd 0000 31,0 1321652395 77309428205 /
epg 596 root txt 0000 8,18 1322689164 4295000557 /mnt/hd2/mod/bin/epg
epg 596 root mem REG 8,18 9226050 /mnt/hd2/mod/bin/epg (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 174 /lib/ld-uClibc-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 8,18 9225846 /mnt/hd2/mod/lib/libsqlite3.so.0.8.6 (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 169 /lib/libuClibc-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 216 /lib/libpthread-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 186 /lib/libdl-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root 0 0000 31,0 1307722935 4294975926 /dev/null
epg 596 root 1 0000 0,13 1322848876 4295000502 /tmp/epgd.log
epg 596 root 2 0000 0,13 1322848858 4295000502 /tmp/modinit.log
</pre>

==Jim==

Jim is a form of the programming language TCL (Tool Command Language), That runs on the Humax unix platform

==Jpnevulator==

Serial Port Sniffer

==Joe==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==LibParted==

libparted

==Maintenance Mode==

This is as special mode that the Humax can be placed in to carry out checks etc. on the system. See Guide [[Maintenance_Mode|'''HERE''']]

==Mediatomb==
A UPnP MediaServer, This package allows the HD T2 to stream content to other devices on your network, as the HD T2 does not have this facility built-in

==Mongoose==

Mongoose is the Webserver that the Custom Firmware Package uses to present the Web pages you see when you log into the Web Interface, [[Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''SEE EXAMPLES''']]

==Multienv==

Helper utility for modifying the set top environment, Used by other packages.

==Mvdisks==

Mounts external drives (connected via USB) under "My Video" to allow export by the DLNA server (HDR only)
Note:- It is possible to change the name of the moved USB directory from 'usb-disk' to another name by using Web-If >> Diagnostics >> File Editor and replacing 3 or the 4 'usb-disk's with a new name in the file /mod/etc/mdev/rmvdisks.The second occurrence of 'usb-disk' does not need changing

==Network Shares Automount==

Automatic mounting of remote nfs or smb directories, with configuration on the box, using special "settings" directories to add and configure shares. Remote host(s) are "pinged" regularly, and shares are mounting / unmounting automatically with host availability

Folders on a computer or NAS box can be shared with other devices on the same network. On the Humax box with custom firmware we can add support for two protocols - smb (used by Windows, pre-Lion OsX, linux running Samba), and nfs (Linux, OsX, common with NAS boxes). smb support is provided by the cifs package. We can "mount" the remote shared folder(s) so they appear as if they were part of the local file system on the Humax

This packages uses directory names in the "*Modsettings/smb" and/or "*Modsettings/nfs" folders to configure as many shares as you like. For example to set up a new smb share, use the opt+ button to create a new directory within the smb folder. Name it what you want the mount to be called (eg "MyPc") Wait about 10 seconds, and navigate into the new folder. The script should have created a load of template "configuration directories" for you to rename (host IP address, foldername, user, password etc). Note that the "_" symbol is used instead of "." in IP names and "/" in folder names as these can't be input (or if they can I think the box changes them to a "_")

Once configured, the script will regularly ping the host computer to see if it is available. If it is then the shared folder will be mounted and should be browsable. If the host goes offline, the folder will be unmounted, preventing the box from locking up.

Wake up On LAN (WOL) is also available to automatically power up compatible (newer) NAS boxes, The user must supply the MAC address of the NAS box and set wakeNow? to remove the '?' for a single wake or wakeConstantly? to remove the '?' to repeat every few seconds

A script called wakecmd in mod/sbin is now called up that contains both ether-wake and the WOL script

==Nano==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==NTFS 3g==

Read/write NTFS disk access. Out of the box the Humax can read NTFS formatted drives but this package upgrades that support to full read/write access

==Ntp Client==

Network Time Protocol sets the Humax clock from an Internet time server on each boot. Useful if you do not have an aerial connection. Note :- This utility may also need [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Forcedate | '''Forcedate''']] to be loaded, In order to get the date near the current as NTP won't change a time / Date that is too far out. More notes [http://doolittle.icarus.com/ntpclient/ '''HERE''']

==OPKG==

Open PacKaGe Management is the tool used to handle Custom Firmware packages, Here Are some examples :-

opkgHID= list all opkg commands

opkg install http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/auto-unprotect_1.0.6_mipsel.opk HID= Install a remote package

opkg listHID= list of available packages

opkg list-installedHID= list of installed packages

opkg remove auto-unprotectHID= uninstall a package Note: No version numbers

 opkg install undelete --force-reinstall HID= Force a package reinstall

 opkg whatdepends anacron HID= Show dependants

==Parted==

GNU Partition Editor

==Popol==

A command line ID3v1.1 tagger for MP3 files, If is possible to insert the following fields into an MP3 ID3 header. See also See also [[#Id3v2 |'''Id3v2''']]

<pre>

-s, --songname set songname
-a, --artist set artist
-l, --album set album
-c, --comment set comment
-y, --year set release year
-t, --tracknum set track number

</pre>

==Portal Foscam==

See [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Foscam | '''GUIDE''']]

==Portal Xtra1==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Xtra1 | '''HERE''']]

==Portal Xtra1 (USB)==

This is a version of the Portal Xtra1 that runs in Flash memory, this package was built to run on the Humax HD-Fox T2 without an External Hard Disk Drive and is installed Via USB only. See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Xtra1 | '''HERE''']]

==Poweron-Channel==

This Utility forces the Humax to always power up on a selected TV channel regardless of the last channel viewed on power down, It is also possible to select a power on volume that overrides the power down volume

==Procps==

procps is the package that has a bunch of small useful utilities that give information about processes using the /proc file system. The package includes the programs ps, top, vmstat, w, kill, free, slabtop, and skill.Version 3 includes NPTL thread support, a rewritten top, many bug fixes, performance improvements, and new features. Link [http://procps.sourceforge.net/ '''HERE''']

==Prog Backup==

Utility for backing up recordings and sidecar files to locally attached drives, A search of attached drives will be made so that the user can choose. Both Hi-Def and Standard definition recordings will be de-crypted so they can be played on a P.C. or copied back to a different Humax. Command line examples Below :-

 progbackup HIDE Backup everything under My Video

 progbackup "/mnt/hd2/My Video/BOB's Films/" HIDE Backup files in a specified folder

'''NOTE:-''' Make sure to use the quotation marks around the directory name.

==Redring ==

Causes the Humax to display a Red LED ring when recording in standby, plus various other front panel options detailed in the table below. The new settings are configurable using the Web-If >> Settings >> Redring Settings

{| border="1"
|+ '''GENERAL SETTINGS'''
! width="250"| Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Show Purple When dual Recording
! 11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Purple
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Enable Debugging Log
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Debug
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|}

{| border="1"
|+ '''WHEN FULLY AWAKE e.g. TV Display = On'''
! width="250"|Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Disable Screen Scrolling
! Scrolling On
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Scrolling Off
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Enable Clock
! Clock Off
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Clock On
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Show Elapsed Time During Playback
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Elapsed Time
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Show Play HH:MM Instead of Clock
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | HH:MM
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Override LED Ring Brightness
Blue Brightness

Red Brightness
! Fixed
100% > 50%

after 3 Mins.
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable

Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%

0% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Override Display Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
Fixed
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|}

{| border="1"
|+ '''WHEN HALF AWAKE e.g. Waiting / Recording from standby or OTA Search'''
! width="250"|Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Show Blue LED Ring
Brightness
! Fixed
11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Blue
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
10% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Show Red LED Ring (Recording)
Brightness
! Fixed
11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Red
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
10% to 100%
|}

{| border="1"
|+ '''WHEN IN STANDBY e.g. Hard Disk Not Spinning'''
! width="250"|Humax Status
! width="100"|Humax Default
! width="150"|With Redring
! width="100"|Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Override LED Ring Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Amber Brightness
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|-
! align="left" |Override Display Brightness
Brightness
! Fixed
11%
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Switchable Override
Variable
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
0% to 100%
|}

 HIDE ** = Change from Humax default

==Renumber==
[[File:renumber.png|200px|thumb|right]]
Channel re-numbering support, for each channel that you wish to change, enter a new number into the box and save changes. Next time you reboot your Humax, the channel numbers will change around. If you ever rescan the channels on your box then the next time you reboot they will be automatically changed to match your saved preference. Once installed, a new option will be shown in the Web Interface Settings screen, probably near the bottom.

Renumbering channels is useful for people who want to swap the high-definitions services with their standard-definition counterparts, e.g. swap BBC ONE for BBC ONE HD putting BBC ONE HD on channel 1, and can also be used to re-order channels (e.g. move BBC HD to channel 8) to be closer to the start of the EPG. Of course another way to achieve this is to use the standard favourites feature in the Humax software to define your own list of channels and order them to suit.

==Reset Webif==

Reset Webif will clear out all of the custom firmware packages and files without affecting your recordings or scheduled recordings. It is designed to be executable by booting from a Flash USB device loaded with the Reset Webif utility and is useful when the 'Web-If >> Diagnostics >> Remove All Custom Firmware packages and settings' is not available, Wait for the light to stop flashing then remove the disk and reboot the Humax (using the remote control). If you point a web browser at the Humax then you'll be back at the initial installation interface.

==Remote Scheduling (RS)==

Remote Scheduling Service. Links your device to the remote scheduling portal so you can manage your scheduled recordings list from anywhere with an Internet connection and web browser

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling | '''HERE''']]

==Remote Scheduling Auto==

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling_Auto | '''HERE''']]

==Remote Scheduling Muti-Mode==

Full Guide[[Multi-mode_Recording#Multi-Mode_Recording_Via_RS_Portal | '''HERE''']]

==Remote Scheduling Mobile==

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling_Mobile_Edition#Multi-Mode_Recording_Via_RS_Portal | '''HERE''']]

==Rsvsync==

Boot-time reservation sync service

==Rsync==

A fast, versatile, remote (and local) file-copying tool, example :-

 rsync -avr --progress --delete --exclude 'Tsr/' mnt/hd2/ root@synology ip::NetBackup 

==Samba==

Windows compatible file sharing. Allows access to the Humax file system from a computer on the same network. The file system is shared using Windows compatible sharing so can be access from Windows, MacOSX and most other operating systems. Samba operates using 'Server Message Block' (SMB), also known as Common Internet File System (CIFS) protocols

==Screensaver==

If you pause live TV for more than 3 Mins. you will see the current time displayed on the TV screen, This is a screensaver and is designed to prevent ‘burn-in’ on flat panel TVs. The digits are made up of a series of pictures that are stored on the Humax in this read only area :- /opt/share/images/blue/821-4, It is possible to change these pictures to remove the screensaver completely (Black) or use a different font. After a new screensaver package is loaded, it will automatically become the new screensaver, you can select from installed screensaver plug-ins using the Web-If >> Settings screen

When screensaver is first installed only ‘Humax default’ is present, this is the 'flip Clock' default screensaver, If Black is installed then a completely Blank screen will be displayed. All screensaver plug-ins can be installed separately from the Web-If, e.g. the first screensaver Plugin shown below is called screensaver-3X5, here is a list of plug-ins available :-

{| border="1"
|-
!3X5
>>>
|[[File:3X5.png|200px]]
!Neon
>>>
|[[File:neon.png|200px]]
!Avatar
>>>
|[[File:avatar.png|200px]]
|-
! 7Seg
>>>
| [[File:7Seg.png|200px]]
! Neon-Blue
>>>
| [[File:neon-blue.png|200px]]
!Wedge
>>>
|[[File:Wedge.png|200px]]
|-
! Dot
>>>
| [[File:Dot.png|200px]]
! Agen
>>>
| [[File:Agen.png|200px]]
!Cursor
>>>
|[[File:Cursor.png|200px]]
|-
! VFD
>>>
| [[File:VFD.png|200px]]
! Glass-Blue
>>>
| [[File:glass-b.png|200px]]
!Black
>>>
|[[File:black.png|200px]]
|}

'''screensaver-all''' = Install all current screensavers from the package server

''' screensaver-random''' = Randomly select from the list of installed screensavers

Telnet selection of installed screensaver Plugins as follows e.g.:-

<pre>
humax# screensaver
1: 3X5
2: 7Seg
3: Black
4: Cursor
5: Humax Default
6: Neon
7: Neon-Blue
8: VFD
Choose option [1-8]:</pre>
'''NOTE:-''' The Humax will need to be placed into stand-by before the new screensaver will be displayed

==Sed==

GNU Stream Editor, A stream editor is used to perform basic text transformations on an input stream, application notes [http://www.gnu.org/software/sed/manual/sed.html '''HERE'''] or [http://www.grymoire.com/Unix/Sed.html#uh-0 '''HERE''']

==Series Filer==

This utility will re-locate series folders created at the top level of My Video to Selected Sub-Directories so that they can be grouped together. After a New series folder has been created by the Humax at the top level, Simply move this series folder to a Sub-directory that you have created e.g. move the Doctor Who series folder to a sub-folder called ‘His Video’. When the next instalment of Doctor Who is transmitted the Humax will create another Doctor Who folder at the top level again, However, If Series Files is running the new instalment will be moved to the ‘His Video / Doctor Who’ automatically. Program names will also be re-named (if possible) to give more detail of each episode

'''NOTE:-'''

The current version of Series Filer ver. 2.1a is not compatible with the Undelete package because the [deleted] directory is not handled correctly. Please DO-NOT run Series Filer ver. 2.1a with any version of the Undlete package

==Service Control==

A command line utility allowing easy control of installed services. Run the 'service' command from the command line for help.

From a Telnet command line prompt send the following :-

 service 
<pre>
humax# service

Name Installed Autostart Running
---- --------- --------- -------
mediatomb No No No
dropbear No No No
transmission No No No
samba No No No
cifs No No No
mongoose Yes Yes Yes

Syntax:
service start <service>
service stop <service>
service auto <service> (toggles autostart) </pre>

==Sh (SHell)==

Sh or Shell is a command line / scripting language built into Busybox that is roughly equivalent to the Windows DOS (Disk Operating System) utility. It is however a lot more powerful than DOS and is a true language

==Smartmontools==

This utility will report on the condition of the S.M.A.R.T. hard disk drive, After installing the package enter the following command line using Telnet :-

 mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -A 

or

 mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -a HIDE for more details

Documentation [http://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/smartmontools/wiki/TocDoc'''HERE''']
<pre>

humax# /mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -A
smartctl 5.41 2011-06-09 r3365 [7405b0-smp-linux-2.6.18-7.1] (local build)
Copyright (C) 2002-11 by Bruce Allen, http://smartmontools.sourceforge.net

=== START OF READ SMART DATA SECTION ===
SMART Attributes Data Structure revision number: 10
Vendor Specific SMART Attributes with Thresholds:
ID# ATTRIBUTE_NAME FLAG VALUE WORST THRESH TYPE UPDATED WHEN_FAILED RAW_VALUE
1 Raw_Read_Error_Rate 0x000f 114 099 006 Pre-fail Always - 66811863
3 Spin_Up_Time 0x0003 097 097 000 Pre-fail Always - 0
4 Start_Stop_Count 0x0032 098 098 020 Old_age Always - 2878
5 Reallocated_Sector_Ct 0x0033 100 100 036 Pre-fail Always - 0
7 Seek_Error_Rate 0x000f 078 060 030 Pre-fail Always - 70502101
9 Power_On_Hours 0x0032 097 097 000 Old_age Always - 3294
10 Spin_Retry_Count 0x0013 100 100 097 Pre-fail Always - 0
12 Power_Cycle_Count 0x0032 099 099 020 Old_age Always - 1439
184 End-to-End_Error 0x0032 100 100 099 Old_age Always - 0
187 Reported_Uncorrect 0x0032 097 097 000 Old_age Always - 3
188 Command_Timeout 0x0032 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0
189 High_Fly_Writes 0x003a 093 093 000 Old_age Always - 7
190 Airflow_Temperature_Cel 0x0022 055 044 045 Old_age Always In_the_past 45 (0 109 45 32)
194 Temperature_Celsius 0x0022 045 056 000 Old_age Always - 45 (0 13 0 0)
195 Hardware_ECC_Recovered 0x001a 048 039 000 Old_age Always - 66811863
197 Current_Pending_Sector 0x0012 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0
198 Offline_Uncorrectable 0x0010 100 100 000 Old_age Offline - 0
199 UDMA_CRC_Error_Count 0x003e 200 200 000 Old_age Always - 0
</pre>

NOTE:- If an external Hard disk Drive is found on boot up the Internal Hard disk will be /dev/sdb, If no External Hard Disk drive is found at boot up the the internal Hard disk will be /dev/sda

==SQLite==

SQlite is a database file handler, e.g. files that typically end in *.db can be opened, edited etc.

==SSMTP==

SSMTP is a program to deliver an E-mail from your Humax to a mail host or mail hub, It will not handle incoming E-Mail

==Stripts==
This utility removes portions of a recording (*.TS File) that aren't required and can account for up to 20% of its space, this process will remove freeview EIT packets from the recording

 stripts -F filename HI = Fix file

 stripts -f filename HI = remove redundant EIT packets

 stripts -v filename HI = Verbose

==Sysmon==

A System Monitoring Utility, the Web-If main page has a System Monitoring icon, selecting this icon displays the following options :-

*Hard Disk Temperature

Displays a graph showing the hard disk temperature, This feature uses the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Smartmontools | '''Smartmontools''']]
package, options are to display last 2 hours, 1, 5, 10, 30 Days

*CPU Utilisation

Displays a graph showing CPU Utilisation for Idle, Wait, User and System, options are to display last 2 hours, 1, 5, 10, 30 Days

==Telnet==

Telnet is built into the default Custom Firmware package, To communicate Via Telnet from a P.C. you will need a program such as [http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html '''PuTTY'''], Select connection type Telnet and enter the IP address of your Humax into the Host Name box, Then select OPEN, You will be presented with a new Telnet Window and if connection is successful you will see the humax# prompt.

It is also possible to use Telnet supplied in some versions Microsoft Windows e.g. Start >> Run >> CMD >> Telnet

See ''' RED ''' setup notes below, to prevent errors when entering text

Telnet is available in Windows XP, However Vista and Windows 7 will require Telnet to be enabled with Control Panel >> Programs and Features >> Turn Windows Features On / Off >> 'Tick' Telnet

Follow [[Telnet |'''THIS LINK''']] for more details on the various ways of obtaining a Telnet connection

Here is an example of Windows XP Telnet for ls -al 

<pre>
C:\> telnet

Welcome to Microsoft Telnet Client Escape Character is 'CTRL + ]'

open 10.0.0.200

humax# ls -al
total 17
drwxr-xr-x 18 root root 192 Jan 10 09:10 .
drwxr-xr-x 18 root root 192 Jan 10 09:10 ..
drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 474 Jan 10 09:10 bin
.......
drwxr-xr-x 4 root root 88 Jan 10 09:10 var
humax#

to exit from humax# enter Ctrl + d

Microsoft Telnet >
to exit from Telnet enter q
C:\>
</pre>

NOTES
*Telnet command lines on this WiKi are identified by a Yellow Background 
*''' [Putty] Telnet >> Connection >> Telnet >> return Key sends Telnet New Line instead of ^M should be 'un-Ticked' '''
*''' [Windows] Telnet >> unset crlf '''

==Text Editors==

There is a built-in GUI Text editor in the Web-If (details [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#File Editor |'''HERE''']]). In addition to this editor, There is a basic version of [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vi |'''Vi''']] built into the custom [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#BusyBox |'''Busybox''']] package (not in the Busybox version included in the vendor's firmware). There are also several packages that can be installed to suit your editing preferences e.g. [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vim_Basic |'''Vim Basic''']], [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vim_Standard | '''Vim Standard''']], [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Joe | '''Joe''']] and [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Nano | '''Nano''']].

If you've only installed the basic custom firmware (using the upgrade path with USB), then there's
[[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sed | '''sed''']]

==Tnftp==

The Humax HDR has a built-in FTP Server for transfer of files from Humax to a remote client and an improved FTP Server called [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Betaftpd|'''Betaftpd''']] to replace it in the HDR, and to add it to the HD, the Tnftp package provides an FTP Client for file transfer from a remote FTP server to the Humax

tnftp is a port of the NetBSD FTP client.

==Transmission (Bit Torrent)==

The Transmission program will download files from the internet using the a torrent protocol, Downloads using this system are usually fed from multiple sites at the same time in parallel, Because of this many URL’s may be used in the download process, These URLs are packaged together into a single *.torrent file, Transmission re-constructs fragments of the file/s from these various URLs into their original format.

Transmission needs to be supplied with the *.Torrent file, it does not have a Torrent file search facility, one possible torrent source is torrentz.eu, download your selected *.Torrent file to the P.C. you run the Web-iF from

For command line access enter :-

 transmission-remote 

/mod/etc/transmission/settings.json contains settings such as default = speed-limit mode, this can be changed to fast downloading etc. settings info. [https://trac.transmissionbt.com/wiki/EditConfigFiles '''HERE''']

*Go into service control and start Transmission
*Set it to auto start if you want it to come on whenever the box is on
*Go to the Web-If main menu and click the transmission icon at the bottom left
*Select 'Open' (the folder at the top left)
*Select browse in the window and highlight the previously downloaded *.torrent file
*When highlighted select 'Open'
*Select 'Upload'
*If the 'Start when added' box is checked the download will start immediately
* A new directory will be created at /media/ My Video/torrent/ containing successful downloads

===Blocklist===

The torrent system is a 'two-way' process which can allow other users to access your downloaded files, this access can cause a security risk and it is suggested that a block list is set up to prevent this, the Block list contains a set of IP address's not allowed access.

The block list utility does not currently work as it should e.g. Settings (Bottom Left) >> preferences >> Peers should allow an IP to be entered and then 'Updated', This should read a txt, gz, zip file to opened from a remote site that holds details of URLs that transmission is not allowed to contact during the download process. This can increase security by avoiding know virus sites etc.

Because the ‘Update’ does not work it is necessary to obtain the block file (e.g. from http://www.iblocklist.com/lists.php) and place them in the /mod/etc/transmission/blocklists folder, these files must be smaller than 5Mbs, They will be processed by the Transmission program when first run and *.bin files will be created in the same folder, if the files are successfully processed an indication of the number of ‘Blocked’ URL will be displayed e.g. Block List Has 598940 Rules

'''Notes'''
*When the block lists are initially being converted into *.bin files, transmission uses an excessive amount of CPU time, this could cause errors in recording, so it is suggested that this is done when the Humax is idle.
* remove the blocklist.bin file as it appears to prevent the reading of multiple 'other' bin files

==Trm==

Trm is a version of the Unix rm command (ReMove), This version removes files in blocks using Truncate (hence Truncate ReMove) rather than all at once, In order to reduce demand on system resources

==TTYSnoop==

TTYSnoop allows you to snoop on login tty's through another tty-device or pseudo-tty. The snoop-tty becomes a 'clone' of the original tty, redirecting both input and output from/to it.

==Uinput==

User-space input kernel module

==Unencrypt==

This function will unencrypt all files in a designated directory (or all files in My Video) automatically, Files are decrypted at the same location e.g. 'decrypt in place' and are processed at the rate of one file every 30 Mins. max. so don't expect instant results

To setup Unencrypt install the package and then via [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Telnet|'''Telnet''']] enter one of the lines below :-

 unencryptsetup "Bob's Videos" HIDE process a single directory

 unencryptsetup HIDE process all files in 'My Video'

 unencryptsetup disable HIDE Turn off unencrypt

This will update the cron table and schedule the program to run every 30 minutes (at Mins 01 and 31) indefinitely. Every time it runs, it will check that there isn't already another job running and then decrypt the first encrypted file that it finds in the directory you specified, therefore gradually working its way through your files, If you don't specify a directory, it will default to decrypting all of your recordings.

NOTES:-
* '''Due to CPU overloading this feature only works between 1AM and 6AM the Humax must be out of standby during this time using an Auto On / Auto off timer''' 

*It is possible to change when Unencrypt runs by editing the cron job that controls it, Via the Web-If goto Diagnostics >> File Editor >> Open >> /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/ and replace 1-6 with a * to force an Unecrypt start every 30 Mins. that the Humax is out of stand-by
<pre>
1,31 * * * * /mod/sbin/unencrypt "/mnt/hd2/My Video/archive" > /mod/tmp/unencrypt.log 2>&1
</pre>

*Auto-Unprotect must be running
*Content sharing must = on e.g. Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings

See Decryption flow chart [[Encryption | '''HERE''']]

==Undelete==

Redirects deleted recordings to a dustbin folder called [Deleted Items] and then automatically removes them from this new folder 7 days later, The Folder Name and delay before deletion is carried out (1 to 30 days) is configurable in the Web-If Setting area. It's a batch process which runs once per day. It runs 6 minutes after the first boot of the day or, if you keep your box on all the time, at 2am.
It scans the bin and removes anything that was put there over x * 24 hours ago, Where x = no. of days (strictly, anything that was last modified over x * 24 hours ago)

==Vi==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]. A basic version of Vi is built into the custom [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#BusyBox |'''Busybox''']] package (it's not included in the version of Busybox in the vendor's firmware).

==Vim Basic==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==Vim Standard==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==Virtual-Disk==

One way to decrypt content which has been recorded by the Humax is to copy to an external disk, This is usually a slow process as the
external disk must be connected via one of the USB ports. This package creates a virtual disk on the system to which content can
be copied. It is much faster since it is based on the internal hard disk. The virtual disk is shared by the MediaTomb package by default, giving a
fairly straightforward method of sharing recorded content on the network. In conjunction with the 'auto-unprotect' package, high definition content can also be shared

Note:- The copy to Virtual Disk MUST be by Remote Control OPT+ copy for decryption to take place

==Web IF ==

[[Web_Interface_Screenshots |'''Screen Shots''']] HIDE [[Webif_release_notes |'''Release Notes''']]

An evolving web interface for the Humax. This package provides a means of accessing the Humax using a web browser on any device connected to the
network (including mobile 'phones and iPads). The interface allows easy viewing of recorded programme details as well as allowing basic
manipulation to be performed. Additionally the EPG can be viewed and searched from within the web browser

Within the Web-IF are the following Built-In Functions :-

===Backup/Restore Schedule===
[[File:Backup.png|70px|thumb|right]]

Web-If MAIN >> Scheduled Events >> Backup / Restore Scheduled Recordings / Events

This feature provides an automatic daily backup of recording schedule, It is also possible to force an extra manual backup at any time. Any stored backups can then be selected for restoration from the /mod/var/backup/ folder

===Clipboard===

Used in conjunction with Copy, Cut and Paste, The clipboard is an area that files / Folders can be temporarily held in while a new destination is selected. It emulates a Windows Clipboard

===Copy===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

===Crop===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Crop

See Edit on Box link [[Edit_On_Box#Editing_Via_Web-If |'''HERE''']]

===Cut===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

===Enable Auto-Shrink===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Shrink

Set contents of a folder for Auto-Shrinking of TS files every 10 Mins. (See also [[#Shrink_.28stripts.29 |'''Shrink''']])

===Enable Auto-Dedup===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Dedup

Set contents of a folder for Auto-De-Duplication of files every 10 Mins. (See also [[#Dedup_.28Command_Line.29 |'''Dedup''']])

===Enable Auto-Decrypt===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> Folder >> Enable Auto-Decrypt

Set contents of a folder for Auto-Decryption of TS files every 10 Mins. (See also [[#Decrypt |'''Decrypt''']])

===Delete===

Remove file or folder

===Decrypt===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Decrypt

This Function will move the file to an _original folder and then stream a new copy to the present location, The new copy will be Decrypted and can be played on a P.C.. NOTE both High Definition AND Standard definition need to be Decrypted

===De-duplicate / Tidy this folder===
[[File:Webif-media-ded.png|70px|thumb|right]]
[[File:Webif-media-ded2.png|70px|thumb|right]]

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> De-duplicate / Tidy this folder

This Function will search a folder and re-name files with more meaningful titles, It will also separate duplicates into a new folder

See Tidy (Re-name) Example >>

This Function will search a folder and re-name files with more meaningful titles

It will Also separate duplicates into a new folder

See De Duplicate (to new folder) Example >>

===Download===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Download

This function will download with decryption an SD file (or Hi-Def File if the 'ENC' flag is removed) and place it into the default download folder on your P.C., The following items may inhibit it functioning correctly :-

# The File type *.TS must not be associated with a program such as a media player on your P.C., If it is, Remove the association
# Your browser must allow re-direction of addresses

===Extract Audio===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Extract Audio

This function will produce an MP3 file containing the stereo audio track contained in a standard Def. Video file (or radio recording), The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be decrypted (Displays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Standard Def. recording only (Hi-Def 2 Ch or 6 Ch sound won't be decoded)
*The extracted MP3 file is an MP2 Layer 7 file (also called MP2 Audio), not the more common MP2 Layer 3, transcoding to layer 3 is not carried out due to amount of CPU usage required

===Extract To MPG===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Extract To MPG

This function will produce an MPG copy of the *.TS file in the same folder, the MPG version strips out control frames relating to things which were on the same Mux as the recorded program, resulting in a smaller file. The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be decrypted (Displays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Standard Def. recording only

===File Editor===

Web-If MAIN >> Diagnostics >> File Editor >> Open >> [Navigate to desired file]

===Lock===

Mark a file as locked, e.g. protected against deletion

===Mark as Watched===

Tag a file with a 'Watched' symbol

===Multi Mode Recording===

This option built into the Web-If allows the user to enable a mix of both Accurate Recording and Padding on a per program basis, See [[Multi-mode_Recording|'''Guide Here''']]

===Paste===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

[[File:Webif-media-detail.png|100px|thumb|right]]

===Play===

This function provides an in-browser playback function for the Humax, It requires that you have the VLC plug-in installed for your browser

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Click on Single File) >> Play

===Rename===

Change the name of a file or folder

===Reset New Flag===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> Folder >> Reset New Flag

Mark a Folder as containing new material

===Save Last Streamed Content===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> Save Last Streamed Content

This Function will make a permanent MP4 copy of any content that has been viewed using the Humax TV portal e.g. I-Player / You Tube and place it into the 'My Video' folder. The Telnet equivalent Syntax is as follows :-

cp /mnt/hd3/Streamer_down_file "/media/My Video/theclip.mp4" 

NOTE:- The Portal screen must remain open until the entire file has been downloaded (It is not performed in the background), The amount of time the download takes will vary with broadband speed

===Split===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Split (45m parts)

This Function (only available on files over 4GB) will split the file into 45 Minute parts with a 2 Minute overlap, It can be used to stream large files without hitting the 4GB stream bug present on the Humax.

The New files will have segment numbering e.g. 1/3. E.T. The Extra-Terrestrial

===Shrink (stripts)===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Shrink

Clicking on Shrink in the OPT+ menu lets you remove portions of a recording that aren't required and can account for up to 20% of its space, this option uses the stripts package to remove freeview EIT packets from the recording.

==Web-IF Channel Icons==

A set of PNG picture files used to display the T.V. channel icons in the Web-Interface, they reside in /mod/var/mongoose/html/img/channels

==Webif-Charts==

Chart modules for the web interface

==Webif-iphone==

A cut-down web interface, optimised for display on the iPhone and other mobile devices

See Screenshots [[Smartphone_Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''HERE''']]

==wget==

Retrieve files via HTTP or FTP

Note:- There is already a version of wget in Busybox which is loaded automatically, However it may be necessary to install the stand alone package as it will be a newer version

==Wireless Helper==

Wireless network helper - brings wireless up even when just booted to make a recording. Helps with communications to the Remote Scheduling server via USB Wi-Fi dongle

==WOL==

Wakeup On Lan is a feature that can be used to take out of stand-by any item on the LAN that will respond to it. The 'Magic Packet' is broadcast over the LAN e.g. it is sent to every IP address and uses the unique MAC address of the unit to identify which unit is to be woken-up. From Telnet send the following command line where 00:01:02:03:04:05 must be replaced by the MAC address of the item to be woken, e.g.
<pre>
ether-wake 00:01:02:03:04:05
</pre>
To add this feature to the Humax start-up enter the following from Telnet :-
<pre>
echo /mod/bin/busybox/ether-wake 00:01:02:03:04:05 > /mod/etc/init.d/S30wol
chmod 755 /mod/etc/init.d/S30wol
</pre>
NOTES:-
*WOL is also built into [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Network_Shares_Automount|'''Network_Shares_Automount''']]
*The Humax itself cannot be switched out of Standby using Wake-up On Lan, as the LAN connector is not powered during Stand-by

==Xtra1 Portal==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Xtra1 | '''HERE''']]

==Zeroconf==

mDNS Responder, Will create a humax.local name which can be seen by anything running mDNS

Custom Firmware Package Notes

2012-05-15T16:19:54Z

Adsb: Mention sed (if you've only installed the basic custom firmware)

'''BREIF NOTES FOR CUSTOM FIRMWARE PACKAGES'''
{{Note|Some Functions of the Web Interface are 'Built-In' and do not require an additional package to be installed, These Features are covered in the Web If section of this page

Some packages require a reboot (Hard disk spin down) before they take effect}}

==7Zip==

Command line utility that can pack and un-pack zip type files

*Supported Packing / unpacking Formats = 7z, XZ, BZIP2, GZIP, TAR, ZIP and WIM
*Supported Unpacking only = ARJ, CAB, CHM, CPIO, CramFS, DEB, DMG, FAT, HFS, ISO, LZH, LZMA, MBR, MSI, NSIS, NTFS, RAR, RPM, SquashFS, UDF, VHD, WIM, XAR and Z.

==Auto-Unprotect==

The Auto Unprotect package runs in the background and automatically removes the Encryption Protected flag on High Definition recordings. This is the flag which prevents the file from being decrypted in the same way a Standard Definition file. On first installation, the hard disk will be scanned for any high definition recordings and they will be unprotected. Thereafter new recordings will have the flag removed as they are completed

Auto Unprotect also makes a change to the DLNA index so that High Definition files can be streamed without DTCP

NOTE:- The removal of the ENC flag does not decrypt the file, However it does make decyption possible by the same means as a Standard Definition file, see flow chart [[Encryption |'''HERE''']]

==Auto-Update==

This package automatically keeps the installed packages up to date by checking for any new releases daily and automatically downloading and installing them, It will check once per day at the earliest power on, for most people probably the 04:30 boot

==Bash==

Bourne Again SHell is an enhanced [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sh | '''Sh (Shell)''']] Command line / scripting language [http://www.gnu.org/software/bash/manual/bashref.html '''See Reference Guide''']

==Betaftpd==

===For HDR-Fox T2===

The HDR-FOX T2 has a built-in FTP server, This default server will still be in available after the Custom Firmware is installed, However only files under ‘Media’ are visible, Betaftpd has two possible Logins, If login = humaxftp and password = 0000 is used then only ‘Media’ is visible. If login = root and password = 0000 is used then the entire file system is accessable. If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used

NOTE:- The Built-in FTP server must be turned off if Betaftpd is used with Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = OFF

===For HD-Fox T2===

Betaftpd will add an FTP server to the Humax after installation, Betaftpd has two possible Logins, If login = humaxftp and password = 0000 is used then only ‘Media’ is visible. If login = root and password = 0000 is used then the entire file system is accessable. If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used

==BootHDR==

This Function for the HD-FOX T2 only, Allows the HD-FOX T2 to run the software for the HDR-FOX T2, to allow decryption of recordings by copying to a volume, BootHDR can be installed from the Web-If packages screen (of the HD-Fox T2 only). Here is the equivalent command line (Telnet) :-

 opkg install wget 

 opkg install boothdr --force-reinstall 

==BusyBox==

Your Humax box has a ‘Unix’ operating system, Busybox is a package that provides 158 common Unix [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sh_.28SHell.29 | '''Sh (Shell)''']] commands that can be used in a Telnet sessions, The List below shows the available commands, There is no 'man' command that would explain what they do, but most commands can have a -? or -h extention to get some help e.g. ls -?, A command look up table can be found [http://busybox.net/downloads/BusyBox.html '''HERE''']

NOTE:- It is not a good idea to 'Play' with these commands if you don't know what you are doing

<div style="column-count:8;-moz-column-count:8;-webkit-column-count:8">
*[
*[[
*ar
*arp
*arping
*ash
*awk
*base64
*basename
*bunzip2
*bzcat
*bzip2
*cal
*cat
*catv
*chgrp
*chmod
*chown
*chroot
*cksum
*clear
*cmp
*comm
*cp
*cpio
*cut
*date
*dc
*dd
*df
*diff
*dirname
*dos2unix
*du
*echo
*ed
*egrep
*env
*ether-wake
*expr
*false
*fgrep
*find
*fold
*free
*ftpget
*ftpput
*fuser
*grep
*gunzip
*gzip
*hd
*head
*hexdump
*ifconfig
*insmod
*install
*iostat
*kill
*killall
*killall5
*last
*less
*ln
*logname
*ls
*lsmod
*lsusb
*lzcat
*lzma
*md5sum
*mkdir
*mkfifo
*mknod
*mktemp
*modinfo
*modprobe
*more
*mpstat
*mv
*nc
*netstat
*nice
*nmeter
*nohup
*nslookup
*od
*patch
*pgrep
*ping
*pkill
*pmap
*printenv
*printf
*ps
*pstree
*pwd
*pwdx
*readlink
*realpath
*renice
*rm
*rmdir
*rmmod
*route
*rpm
*sed
*sendmail
*seq
*sh
*sha1sum
*sha256sum
*sha512sum
*sleep
*sort
*split
*stat
*strings
*stty
*sum
*sync
*sysctl
*tail
*tar
*tee
*telnet
*test
*tftp
*time
*top
*touch
*tr
*traceroute
*true
*tty
*uname
*uniq
*unix2dos
*unlzma
*unxz
*unzip
*uptime
*usleep
*uudecode
*uuencode
*vi
*watch
*wc
*wget
*which
*who
*whoami
*xargs
*xz
*xzcat
*yes
*zcat
</div>

==CIFS==

The Common Internet File System. The cifs package provides the Humax with the ability to remotely access files shared from PCs using Windows file sharing. This package adds the support to the running system but mounting remote filesystems must currently be performed from the command line, Example :-

 mkdir /media/NAS 

 mkdir "/media/My Video/NAS" 

 mount -t cifs //server/share /media/NAS -o user=abc,password=def 

 mount -t cifs "//server/share /media/My Video/NAS" -o user=abc,password=def 

==Cron==

Cron is a time-based job scheduler that will auto-run tasks for you, It is built into Busybox which is a standard utility on your Humax, so cron does not need to be installed, the tasks are held in a cron table or crontab, here is an example crontab :-

<pre>
humax# cd /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/
humax# cat root
0 2 * * * /mod/sbin/anacron -s -d
1,31 * * * * /mod/sbin/unencrypt "/mnt/hd2/My Video/archive" > /mod/tmp/unencrypt.log 2>&1
*/10 * * * * /mod/sbin/rs_process >> /mod/tmp/rs.log 2>&1
humax#

</pre>

Each line of crontab has the following structure:

<Minute> <Hour> <Day> <Month> <Day of Week> <Command line> Note :- * = All or Every

The three examples above will run
#at 2AM every day
#at 1 Minute and 31 Minutes of every Hour every day
#every 10 Minutes continuously

It is possible to display all cron jobs with the following command line:-

 crontab -l 

To add a new cron job edit file /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/root and add a new line

==Curl Command==

curl command line utility

==Custom TV Portal==

An extension to the Humax TV Portal thats add some more apps

Full Guide[[Custom_TV_Portal | '''HERE''']]

==Dedup (Command Line)==

The dedup package adds a command line utility which can consolidate recordings within a single folder so that duplicates are removed and the remaining episodes are renamed so that the episode name and number (if available) are displayed in the Media Browser

Note:- There is a 'built-in' version of Dedup in the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Web_IF | '''Web-If ''']] that effectivly replaces the command line package, However if the dedup package is installed it is possible to perform the following Telnet commands from the folder you have navigated to:-

 dedup HIDE lists the recordings there and shows what they would be renamed to

 dedup -yes HIDE perform the changes as detailed below :-

*Renames the files on disk to match the episode name
*Changes the title shown in the media list to match the episode name
*Identifies duplicate episodes and moves them to a sub-folder called dup/

==Disable DSO==

Disable automatic retuning in response to Digital-Switch-Over events

==Disable OTA==

This feature inhibits any Over The Air Software updates that may be transmitted by Humax

==Dropbear SSH==

A secure shell (ssh) server for the Humax. This package provides remote command line access over an encrypted session and is a secure alternative to using telnet
to gain command line access - although it causes the box to do more work. Also allows the use of ''scp'' (secure copy) as a secure alternative to FTP.

Login with username=root, password=humax

==Edit On Box (Nicesplice)==

Full Guide for Nicesplice [[Edit_On_Box | '''HERE''']]

==EPG (Command Line)==

EPG information can be obtained from a Telnet Command line e.g.

 epg 

<pre>

humax# epg
Humax EPG Tool v1.0.8, by af123, 2011.

Syntax: epg [options] [filters] <command>...

Options:
-b Brief output.
-d[level] Set debug level.
-f<file> Specify alternate EPG data file.
-h Show help text.
-p Parsable output.

Filters: (can be specified multiple times, all must be true)
-C<CRID> Show only events with this CRID.
-D<descriptor type> Show only selected descriptor type.
-E<event id> Show only selected event.
-R<SCRID> Show only events with this Series ID.
-S<service id> Show only selected service.
-T<content type> Show only selected content types.
-@<unix timestamp> Show only programmes at time.
-/<unix timestamp> Show only programmes on day.
-/<days> Show only programmes on day.
-=<start>:<end> Show only programmes in time period.

Commands:
dump Show a parsed summary of the EPG.
dumpraw Show raw data from the EPG.
sqldump Produce SQL statements from EPG data.
sqlitedump <file> Create SQLite database from EPG data.
now Show what is currently on.
first Show the time of the earliest record.
last Show the time of the latest record.
parse Parse the EPG, no output.
search <text> Search programme names for text.
searchall <text> Search programme names/descriptions for text.
</pre>

==Epg Keywords (Web-If)==

This package was a web interface plugin which allowed a list of keywords to be configured and when found an email was sent Weekly to a specified email address detailing any programmes in the EPG which matched the keywords

NOTE:- The EPG Keywords functionallity has now been moved to [[Remote_Scheduling_Auto | '''Remote Scheduling Auto''']]

Initial Setup :-
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> Email address >> myname@talktalk.co.uk
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> SMTP >> smtp.talktalk.co.uk
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> SEND TEST EMAIL

==Ffmpeg==

FFmpeg will record, convert and stream audio and video, It includes libavcodec - the leading audio/video codec library, It also displays information about video and audio files. See Link [http://ffmpeg.org/ffmpeg.html '''HERE''']

==Flatten==

This feature changes how recorded programs are displayed on screen in the 'Media - My Video' menu, Series of programs are normally grouped into a sub-folder, Flatten will move the contents of sub-folders to the main 'Top' folder and remove empty sub-folders, After installing flatten the Web-If will have an option under OPT+ which lets you toggle directories between flatten and no-flatten

'''NOTE''' :- All directories will default to have flatten turned on unless they are changed

'''Exceptions'''

* Folders marked as no flatten using the OPT+ option will not be flattened
* Folders who's names are bounded by square brackets e.g. [NOT THIS ONE] will not be flattened
* Folders containing a file called .noflatten will not be flattened (Note:- Create this file Via Telnet)

==Flexget==

FlexGet is a multipurpose automation tool for content like torrents, nzbs, podcasts, comics, series, movies, etc.It can use different kinds of sources like RSS-feeds, html pages, csv files,search engines and there are even plugins for sites that do not provide any kind of useful feeds.

A Typical Cron entry for Flexget would be :-

 */1 * * * * /mod/bin/flexget -c /mod/.flexget/config.yml --cron 

* Flexget Documentation [http://flexget.com '''HERE''']

==Forcedate==

This utility forces the date on your Humax to 16 November 2011 12:34:56. It is require if the Humax can't get Time / Date info Over The Air. After using Forcedate it is possible to set time / date to internet time automatically on boot-up using [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Ntp_Client | '''NTP Client''']]

==Foscam==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Foscam | '''HERE''']]

==FTP==

File Transfer Protocol is a method of transferring files to and from your Humax, The Humax HDR-Fox T2 has a built-in FTP for access to the media folders only. See the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Betaftpd |'''Betaftpd package''' ]] for access to the full Humax file structure or to add an FTP server to the HD-Fox T2. To use FTP on a P.C. a program that handles FTP is required, Internet Explorer and Windows (file) Explorer will allow FTP access by entering ftp://10.0.0.200 into the address bar, Although access may be restricted to media folders only, even when using the Betaftpd package, If access to the whole file structure is required programs like Filezilla or WS_FTP_Pro can be used.

Notes :-
* To use the Built-In Humax FTP server MENU >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = ON
* When using Betaftpd MENU >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = OFF
*10.0.0.200 needs to be replaced with your own Humax IP address
*login = humaxftp
*password = 0000 (your Remote Pin default). If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used

==Grep==

Grep is built into Busybox and is used to search through a file or files looking for specified blocks of text, The output can be displayed on-screen or sent to a new file. [http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?egrep Syntax Here]

Associated utilities = Egrep, Fgrep

<pre>
humax# cat original-file.txt

-H Add 'filename:' prefix
-h Do not add 'filename:' prefix
-n Add 'line_no:' prefix
-l Show only names of files that match
-L Show only names of files that don't match
-c Show only count of matching lines
-o Show only the matching part of line
-q Quiet. Return 0 if PATTERN is found, 1 otherwise
-v Select non-matching lines
-s Suppress open and read errors
-r Recurse
-i Ignore case
-w Match whole words only
-F PATTERN is a literal (not regexp)
-E PATTERN is an extended regexp
-m N Match up to N times per file
-A N Print N lines of trailing context
-B N Print N lines of leading context
-C N Same as '-A N -B N'
-e PTRN Pattern to match
-f FILE Read pattern from file

humax# grep match original-file.txt
-l Show only names of files that match
-L Show only names of files that don't match
-c Show only count of matching lines
-o Show only the matching part of line
-v Select non-matching lines
-e PTRN Pattern to match
humax#
</pre>

==HMT==

This package displays information on the humax *.hmt file, A small 'sidecar' file created alogside the main *.ts video file

From a Telnet Session, Navigate to a directory containing an *.hmt file, Then enter hmt {filename}

 hmt KAISER_CHIEFS_DD5_1_20110410_0147.hmt 

<pre>
humax# hmt KAISER_CHIEFS_DD5_1_20110410_0147.hmt
Format:HD
Title:KAISER CHIEFS DD5.1
Channel:4096 (BBC HD)
Folder:/mnt/hd2/My Video/MY-ARCHIVE/
Filename:KAISER CHIEFS DD5_1_20110410_0147
Genre:Entertainment
EPG:Performance from the Kaiser Chiefs from the Later... with Jools Holland archives.
They play I Predict a Riot, the party and festival anthem of 2005.

Flags: HD,Unlimited Copies,
Copy count:0

Scheduled start:1302396300 (Sun Apr 10 00:45:00 2011)
Scheduled duration:300
Recording start:1302396449 (Sun Apr 10 00:47:29 2011)
Recording end:1302396706 (Sun Apr 10 00:51:46 2011)
Play resumes at: 15 seconds in.

Service ID (SID):17472
Transport Stream ID (TSID):16516
Originating Network ID (ONID):9018
Programme Map Table PID (PMTPID):100
Video PID:101
Audio PID:102
Bookmarks:0 =
</pre>

==Humidify==

A utility for manipulating Humax Download Format (HDF) files

==Inadyn==
A Dynamic DNS client with web configuration plugin (see webif settings page), The log file is blanked whenever the box set to standby and a new one created when switched from standby

==I-Phone Interface==

An iphone optimised web interface for the Humax

Screen Shots [[Smartphone_Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''HERE''']]

==lsof==

This unix command stands for LiSt of Open Files,With no extentions it will default to 'All' open files, But it is probably more useful when used with a filter as shown in the examples :-

 lsof | grep humaxtv HIDE All files opened by the main Humax TV process

 lsof | cut -f 1 -d' ' | sort | uniq HIDE List all processes that have opened files

 lsof | grep epg HIDE All files opened by the EPG process

<pre>humax# lsof | grep epg
epg 596 root cwd 0000 31,0 1307722938 21474853357 /dev
epg 596 root rtd 0000 31,0 1321652395 77309428205 /
epg 596 root txt 0000 8,18 1322689164 4295000557 /mnt/hd2/mod/bin/epg
epg 596 root mem REG 8,18 9226050 /mnt/hd2/mod/bin/epg (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 174 /lib/ld-uClibc-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 8,18 9225846 /mnt/hd2/mod/lib/libsqlite3.so.0.8.6 (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 169 /lib/libuClibc-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 216 /lib/libpthread-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 186 /lib/libdl-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root 0 0000 31,0 1307722935 4294975926 /dev/null
epg 596 root 1 0000 0,13 1322848876 4295000502 /tmp/epgd.log
epg 596 root 2 0000 0,13 1322848858 4295000502 /tmp/modinit.log
</pre>

==Jim==

Jim is a form of the programming language TCL (Tool Command Language), That runs on the Humax unix platform

==Jpnevulator==

Serial Port Sniffer

==Joe==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==Mediatomb==
A UPnP MediaServer, This package allows the HD T2 to stream content to other devices on your network, as the HD T2 does not have this facility built-in

==Mongoose==

Mongoose is the Webserver that the Custom Firmware Package uses to present the Web pages you see when you log into the Web Interface, [[Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''SEE EXAMPLES''']]

==Multienv==

Helper utility for modifying the settop environment, Used by other packages.

==Mvdisks==

Mounts external drives (connected via USB) under "My Video" to allow export by the DLNA server (HDR only)

==Network Shares Automount==

Automatic mounting of remote nfs or smb directories, with configuration on the box, using special "settings" directorys to add and configure shares. Remote host(s) are "pinged" regularly, and shares are mounting / unmounting automatically with host availability

Folders on a computer or NAS box can be shared with other devices on the same network. On the humax box with custom firmware we can add support for two protocols - smb (used by Windows, pre-Lion OsX, linux running Samba), and nfs (Linux, OsX, common with NAS boxes). smb support is provided by the cifs package. We can "mount" the remote shared folder(s) so they appear as if they were part of the local file system on the Humax

This packages uses directory names in the "*Modsettings/smb" and/or "*Modsettings/nfs" folders to configure as many shares as you like. For example to set up a new smb share, use the opt+ button to create a new directory within the smb folder. Name it what you want the mount to be called (eg "MyPc") Wait about 10 seconds, and navigate into the new folder. The script should have created a load of template "configuration directories" for you to rename (host IP address, foldername, user, password etc). Note that the "_" symbol is used instead of "." in IP names and "/" in folder names as these can't be input (or if they can I think the box changes them to a "_")

Once configured, the script will regularly ping the host computer to see if it is available. If it is then the shared folder will be mounted and should be browsable. If the host goes offline, the folder will be unmounted, preventing the box from locking up.

Wake up On LAN (WOL) is also available to automatically power up compatible (newer) NAS boxes, The user must supply the MAC address of the NAS box and set WakeUp=on

==Nano==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==NTFS 3g==

Read/write NTFS disk access. Out of the box the Humax can read NTFS formatted drives but this package upgrades that support to full read/write access

==Ntp Client==

Network Time Protocol sets the Humax clock from an Internet time server on each boot. Useful if you do not have an aerial connection. Note :- This utility may also need [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Forcedate | '''Forcedate''']] to be loaded, In order to get the date near the current as NTP won't change a time / Date that is too far out

==OPKG==

Open PacKaGe Management is the tool used to handle Custom Firmware packages, Here Are some examples :-

opkgHID= list all opkg commands

opkg install http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/auto-unprotect_1.0.6_mipsel.opk HID= Install a remote package

opkg listHID= list of available packages

opkg list-installedHID= list of installed packages

opkg remove auto-unprotectHID= uninstall a package Note: No version numbers

==Portal Foscam==

See [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Foscam | '''GUIDE''']]

==Portal Xtra1==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Xtra1 | '''HERE''']]

==Poweron-Channel==

This Utility forces the Humax to always power up on a selected TV channel regardless of the last channel viewed on power down, It is also possible to select a power on volume that overrides the power down volume

==Procps==

procps is the package that has a bunch of small useful utilities that give information about processes using the /proc filesystem. The package includes the programs ps, top, vmstat, w, kill, free, slabtop, and skill.Version 3 includes NPTL thread support, a rewritten top, many bug fixes, performance improvements, and new features. Link [http://procps.sourceforge.net/ '''HERE''']

==Prog Backup==

Utility for backing up recordings and sidecar files to locally attached drives, A search of attatched drives will be made so that the user can choose. Both Hi-Def and Standard definition recordings will be de-crypted so they can be played on a P.C. or copied back to a different Humax. Command line examples Below :-

 progbackup HIDE Backup everthing under My Video

 progbackup "/mnt/hd2/My Video/BOB's Films/" HIDE Backup files in a specified folder

'''NOTE:-''' Make sure to use the quotation marks around the directory name.

==Redring==

Causes the Humax to display a Red LED ring when recording in standby, plus various other front panel options detailed in the table below. The new settings are configurable using the Web-If >> Settings >> Redring Settings

{| border="1"
! Humax Status
! Humax Default
! With Redring
! Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Standby LED Not Recording
! 11% Amber
! 11% Amber
! N/A
|-
! align="left" |Standby LED Waiting to Record (Half-Awake)
! 11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Blue & Set Brightness(1)
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Blue On / Off & 10% to 99% Brightness(1)
|-
! align="left" |Standby LED Recording X1
! 11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Red & Set Brightness(2)
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | 10% to 99% Brightness(2)
|-
! align="left" |Standby LED Recording X2
! 11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Purple
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Purple On / Off & Brightness(2)
|-
! align="left" |Awake LED Not Recording
! 99% Blue
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Blue
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Brightness(3)
|-
! align="left" |Awake LED Waiting to Record
! 99% Blue
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Blue
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Brightness(3)
|-
! align="left" |Awake LED Recording X1
! 99% Red
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Red
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Brightness(3)
|-
! align="left" |Awake LED Recording X2
! 99% Red
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Purple
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Purple On / Off & Brightness(3)
|-
! align="left" |Disable Display Scrolling
! Scrolling On
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Scrolling Off
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Show Clock When Running
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Clock
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Show Elapsed Time On Playback
! At end of scrolling display.
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Elapsed Time
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Turn off LED ring in standby
! 11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | <1% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Set Awake LED brightness
! 100% brightness
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Set Brightness(3)
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off & 0% to 99% Brightness(3)
|-
! align="left" |Set Awake Display brightness
! 100% > 50% after 3 Mins.
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Set Brightness(4)
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off & 0% to 99% Brightness(4)
|-
! align="left" |Set Standby Display brightness
! 11%
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Set Brightness(5)
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off & 0% to 99% Brightness(5)
|-
! align="left" |Redring Debug
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Debug
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|}

 HIDE ** = Change from Humax default

==Remote Scheduling (RS)==

Remote Scheduling Service. Links your device to the remote scheduling portal so you can manage your scheduled recordings list from anywhere with an Internet connection and web browser

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling | '''HERE''']]

==Remote Scheduling Auto==

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling_Auto | '''HERE''']]

==Rsvsync==

Boot-time reservation sync service

==Rsync==

A fast, versatile, remote (and local) file-copying tool, example :-

 rsync -avr --progress --delete --exclude 'Tsr/' mnt/hd2/ root@synology ip::NetBackup 

==Samba==

Windows compatible file sharing. Allows access to the Humax filesystem from a computer on the same network. The file system is shared using Windows compatible sharing so can be access from Windows, MacOSX and most other operating systems

==Sed==

GNU Stream Editor, A stream editor is used to perform basic text transformations on an input stream, application notes [http://www.gnu.org/software/sed/manual/sed.html '''HERE''']

==Series Filer==

This utility will re-locate series folders created at the top level of My Video to Selected Sub-Directories so that they can be grouped together. After a New series folder has been created by the Humax at the top level, Simply move this series folder to a Sub-directory that you have created e.g. move the Doctor Who series folder to a sub-folder called ‘His Video’. When the next instalment of Doctor Who is transmitted the Humax will create another Doctor Who folder at the top level again, However, If Series Files is running the new instalment will be moved to the ‘His Video / Doctor Who’ automatically. Program names will also be re-named (if possible) to give more detail of each episode

==Service Control==

A command line utility allowing easy control of installed services. Run the 'service' command from the command line for help.

From a Telnet command line prompt send the following :-

 service 
<pre>
humax# service

Name Installed Autostart Running
---- --------- --------- -------
mediatomb No No No
dropbear No No No
transmission No No No
samba No No No
cifs No No No
mongoose Yes Yes Yes

Syntax:
service start <service>
service stop <service>
service auto <service> (toggles autostart) </pre>

==Sh (SHell)==

Sh or Shell is a command line / scripting language built into Busybox that is roughly equivalent to the Windows DOS (Disk Operating System) utility. It is however a lot more powerful than DOS and is a true language

==Smartmontools==

This utility will report on the condition of the S.M.A.R.T. hard disk drive, After installing the package enter the following command line using Telnet :-

 mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -A 

or

 mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -a HIDE for more details

Documentation [http://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/smartmontools/wiki/TocDoc'''HERE''']
<pre>

humax# /mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -A
smartctl 5.41 2011-06-09 r3365 [7405b0-smp-linux-2.6.18-7.1] (local build)
Copyright (C) 2002-11 by Bruce Allen, http://smartmontools.sourceforge.net

=== START OF READ SMART DATA SECTION ===
SMART Attributes Data Structure revision number: 10
Vendor Specific SMART Attributes with Thresholds:
ID# ATTRIBUTE_NAME FLAG VALUE WORST THRESH TYPE UPDATED WHEN_FAILED RAW_VALUE
1 Raw_Read_Error_Rate 0x000f 114 099 006 Pre-fail Always - 66811863
3 Spin_Up_Time 0x0003 097 097 000 Pre-fail Always - 0
4 Start_Stop_Count 0x0032 098 098 020 Old_age Always - 2878
5 Reallocated_Sector_Ct 0x0033 100 100 036 Pre-fail Always - 0
7 Seek_Error_Rate 0x000f 078 060 030 Pre-fail Always - 70502101
9 Power_On_Hours 0x0032 097 097 000 Old_age Always - 3294
10 Spin_Retry_Count 0x0013 100 100 097 Pre-fail Always - 0
12 Power_Cycle_Count 0x0032 099 099 020 Old_age Always - 1439
184 End-to-End_Error 0x0032 100 100 099 Old_age Always - 0
187 Reported_Uncorrect 0x0032 097 097 000 Old_age Always - 3
188 Command_Timeout 0x0032 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0
189 High_Fly_Writes 0x003a 093 093 000 Old_age Always - 7
190 Airflow_Temperature_Cel 0x0022 055 044 045 Old_age Always In_the_past 45 (0 109 45 32)
194 Temperature_Celsius 0x0022 045 056 000 Old_age Always - 45 (0 13 0 0)
195 Hardware_ECC_Recovered 0x001a 048 039 000 Old_age Always - 66811863
197 Current_Pending_Sector 0x0012 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0
198 Offline_Uncorrectable 0x0010 100 100 000 Old_age Offline - 0
199 UDMA_CRC_Error_Count 0x003e 200 200 000 Old_age Always - 0
</pre>

NOTE:- If an external Hard disk Drive is found on boot up the Internal Hard disk will be /dev/sdb, If no External Hard Disk drive is found at boot up the the internal Hard disk will be /dev/sda

==SQLite==

SQlite is a database file handler, e.g. files that typically end in *.db can be opened, edited etc.

==SSMTP==

SSMTP is a program to deliver an E-mail from your Humax to a mailhost or mailhub, It will not handle incomming E-Mail

==Sysmon==

A System Monitoring Utility, the Web-If main page has a System Monitoring icon, selecting this icon displays the following options :-

*Hard Disk Temperature

Displays a graph showing the hard disk temperature, This feature uses the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Smartmontools | '''Smartmontools''']]
package, options are to display last 2 hours, 1, 5, 10, 30 Days

*CPU Utilisation

Displays a graph showing CPU Utilisation for Idle, Wait, User and System, options are to display last 2 hours, 1, 5, 10, 30 Days

==Telnet==

Telnet is built into the default Custom Firmware package, To communicate Via Telnet from a P.C. you will need a program such as [http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html '''PuTTY'''], Select connection type Telnet and enter the IP address of your Humax into the Host Name box, Then select OPEN, You will be presented with a new Telnet Window and if connection is successful you will see the humax# prompt.

It is also possible to use Telnet supplied in some versions Microsoft Windows e.g. Start >> Run >> CMD >> Telnet

Telnet is available in Windows XP, However Vista and Windows 7 will require Telnet to be enabled with Control Panel >> Programs and Features >> Turn Windows Features On / Off >> 'Tick' Telnet

Follow [[Telnet |'''THIS LINK''']] for more details on the various ways of obtaining a Telnet connection

Here is an example of Windows XP Telnet for ls -al 

<pre>
C:\> telnet

Welcome to Microsoft Telnet Client
Escape Character is 'CTRL + ]'

open 10.0.0.200

humax# ls -al
total 17
drwxr-xr-x 18 root root 192 Jan 10 09:10 .
drwxr-xr-x 18 root root 192 Jan 10 09:10 ..
drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 474 Jan 10 09:10 bin
drwxr-xr-x 5 root root 2140 Jun 10 2011 dev
drwxr-xr-x 9 root root 378 Jan 10 09:10 etc
drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 23 Jun 10 2011 home
drwxr-xr-x 4 root root 668 Jun 10 2011 lib
drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 120 Jan 1 2000 media
drwxr-xr-x 7 root root 84 May 13 2011 mnt
lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 11 Jan 10 09:10 mod -> mnt/hd2/mod
drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 22 Jun 10 2011 opt
dr-xr-xr-x 57 root root 0 Jan 1 2000 proc
drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 3 Jun 10 2011 root
drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 396 Jan 10 09:10 sbin
drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 23 Jun 10 2011 share
drwxr-xr-x 10 root root 0 Jan 1 2000 sys
drwxrwxrwt 2 root root 280 Apr 13 16:31 tmp
drwxr-xr-x 9 root root 87 Aug 31 2011 usr
drwxr-xr-x 4 root root 88 Jan 10 09:10 var
humax#

to exit from humax# enter Ctrl + d

Microsoft Telnet >

to exit from Telnet enter q

C:\>

To exit windows command line enter exit
</pre>

NOTES
*Telnet command lines on this WiKi are identified by a Yellow Background 
*[Putty] Telnet >> Connection >> Telnet >> return Key sends Telnet New Line instead of ^M should be 'un-Ticked'
*[Windows] Telnet >> unset crlf

==Text Editors==

There is a built-in GUI Text editor in the Web-If (details [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#File Editor |'''HERE''']]). In addition to this editor, There is a basic version of [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vi |'''Vi''']] built into the custom [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#BusyBox |'''Busybox''']] package (not in the Busybox version included in the vendor's firmware). There are also several packages that can be installed to suit your editing preferences e.g. [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vim_Basic |'''Vim Basic''']], [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vim_Standard | '''Vim Standard''']], [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Joe | '''Joe''']] and [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Nano | '''Nano''']].

If you've only installed the basic custom firmware (using the upgrade path with USB), then there's
[[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sed | '''sed''']]

==Transmission (Bit Torrent)==

The Transmission program will download files from the internet using the a torrent protocol, Downloads using this system are usually fed from multiple sites at the same time in parallel, Because of this many URL’s may be used in the download process, These URLs are packaged together into a single *.torrent file, Transmission re-constructs fragments of the file/s from these various URLs into their original format.

Transmission needs to be supplied with the *.Torrent file, it does not have a Torrent file search facility, one possible torrent source is torrentz.eu, download your selected *.Torrent file to the P.C. you run the Web-iF from

For command line access enter :-

 transmission-remote 

'''Blocklist Notes'''

The block list utility does not currently work as it should e.g. Settings (Bottom Left) >> preferences >> Peers should allow an IP to be entered and then 'Updated', This should read a txt, gz, zip file to opened from a remote site that holds details of URLs that transmission is not allowed to contact during the download process. This can increase security by avoiding know virus sites etc.

Because the ‘Update’ does not work it is necessary to obtain the block file (e.g. from http://www.iblocklist.com/lists.php) and place them in the /mod/etc/transmission/blocklists folder, these files must be smaller than 5Mbs, They will be processed by the Transmission program when first run and *.bin files will be created in the same folder, if the files are successfully processed an indication of the number of ‘Blocked’ URL will be displayed e.g. Block List Has 598940 Rules

*Go into service control and start Transmission
*Set it to auto start if you want it to come on whenever the box is on
*Go to the Web-If main menu and click the transmission icon at the bottom left
*Select 'Open' (the folder at the top left)
*Select browse in the window and highlight the prviously downloaded *.torrent file
*When highlighted select 'Open'
*Select 'Upload'
*If the 'Start when added' box is checked the download will start immediately
* A new directory will be created at /media/ My Video/torrent/ containing successful downloads

==trm==

trm is a version of the Unix rm command (ReMove), This version removes files in blocks using Truncate (hence Truncate ReMove) rather than all at once, In order to reduce demand on system resources

==TTYSnoop==

TTYSnoop allows you to snoop on login tty's through another tty-device or pseudo-tty. The snoop-tty becomes a 'clone' of the original tty, redirecting both input and output from/to it.

==Uinput==

User-space input kernel module

==Unencrypt==

This function will unencrypt all files in a designated directory (or all files in My Video) automatically, Files are de-crypted at the same location e.g. 'decrypt in place' and are processed at the rate of one file every 30 Mins. max. so don't expect instant results

To setup Unencrypt install the package and then via [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Telnet|'''Telnet''']] enter one of the lines below :-

 unencryptsetup "Bob's Videos" HIDE process a single directory

 unencryptsetup HIDE process all files in 'My Video'

 unencryptsetup disable HIDE Turn off unencrypt

This will update the cron table and schedule the program to run every 30 minutes (at Mins 01 and 31) indefinitely. Every time it runs, it will check that there isn't already another job running and then decrypt the first encrypted file that it finds in the directory you specified, therefore gradually working its way through your files, If you don't specify a directory, it will default to decrypting all of your recordings.

NOTES:-
* '''Due to CPU overloading this feature only works between 1AM and 6AM the Humax must be out of standby during this time using an Auto On / Auto off timer''' 

*Auto-Unprotect must be running
*Content sharing must = on e.g. Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings

See Decryption flow chart [[Encryption | '''HERE''']]

==Undelete==

Redirects deleted recordings to a dustbin folder called [Deleted Items] and then automatically removes them from this new folder 7 days later, The Folder Name and delay before deletion is carried out (1 to 30 days) is configurable in the Web-If Setting area. It's a batch process which runs once per day. It runs 6 minutes after the first boot of the day or, if you keep your box on all the time, at 2am.
It scans the bin and removes anything that was put there over x * 24 hours ago, Where x = no. of days (strictly, anything that was last modified over x * 24 hours ago)

==Vi==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]. A basic version of Vi is built into the custom [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#BusyBox |'''Busybox''']] package (it's not included in the version of Busybox in the vendor's firmware).

==Vim Basic==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==Vim Standard==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==Virtual-Disk==

One way to decrypt content which has been recorded by the Humax is to copy to an external disk, This is usually a slow process as the
external disk must be connected via one of the USB ports. This package creates a virtual disk on the system to which content can
be copied. It is much faster since it is based on the internal hard disk. The virtual disk is shared by the MediaTomb package by default, giving a
fairly straightforward method of sharing recorded content on the network. In conjunction with the 'auto-unprotect' package, high definition content can also be shared

Note:- The copy to Virtual Disk MUST be by Remote Control OPT+ copy for decryption to take place

==Web IF ==

[[Web_Interface_Screenshots |'''Screen Shots''']] HIDE [[Webif_release_notes |'''Release Notes''']]

An evolving web interface for the Humax. This package provides a means of accessing the Humax using a web browser on any device connected to the
network (including mobile 'phones and iPads). The interface allows easy viewing of recorded programme details as well as allowing basic
manipulation to be performed. Additionally the EPG can be viewed and searched from within the web browser

Within the Web-IF are the following Built-In Functions :-

===Clipboard===

Used in conjunction with Copy, Cut and Paste, The clipboard is an area that files can be temporarily held in while a new folder is selected. It emulates a Windows Clipboard

===Copy===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

===Crop===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Crop

See Edit on Box link [[Edit_On_Box#Editing_Via_Web-If |'''HERE''']]

===Cut===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

===Decrypt===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Decrypt

This Function will move the file to an _original folder and then stream a new copy to the present location, The new copy will be Decrypted and can be played on a P.C.. NOTE both High Definition AND Standard definition need to be Decrypted

===De-duplicate / Tidy this folder===
[[File:Webif-media-ded.png|70px|thumb|right]]
[[File:Webif-media-ded2.png|70px|thumb|right]]

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> De-duplicate / Tidy this folder

This Function will search a folder and re-name files with more meaningful titles, It will also seperate duplicates into a new folder

See Tidy (Re-name) Example >>

This Function will search a folder and re-name files with more meaningful titles

It will Also seperate duplicates into a new folder

See De Duplicate (to new folder) Example >>

===Download===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Download

This function will download with decrytion an SD file (or Hi-Def File if the 'ENC' flag is removed) and place it into the default download folder on your P.C., The following items may inhibit it functioning correctly :-

# The File type *.TS must not be assosiated with a program such as a media player on your P.C., If it is, Remove the association
# Your brouser must allow re-direction of addresses

===Extract Audio===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Extract Audio

This function will produce an MP3 file containing the stereo audio track contained in a standard Def. Video file (or radio recording), The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be de-crypted (Dispays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Standard Def. recording only (Hi-Def 2 Ch or 6 Ch sound won't be decoded)

===Extract To MPG===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Extract To MPG

This function will produce an MPG copy of the *.TS file in the same folder.The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be de-crypted (Dispays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Standard Def. recording only

===File Editor===

Web-If MAIN >> Diagnostics >> File Editor >> Open >> [Navigate to deisired file]

===Paste===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

[[File:Webif-media-detail.png|100px|thumb|right]]

===Play===

This function provides an in-browser playback function for the Humax, It requires that you have the VLC plugin installed for your browser

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Click on Single File) >> Play

===Save Last Streamed Content===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> Save Last Streamed Content

This Function will make a permanent MP4 copy of any content that has been viewed using the Humax TV portal e.g. I-Player / You Tube and place it into the 'My Video' folder. The Telnet equivalent Syntax is as follows :-

cp /mnt/hd3/Streamer_down_file "/media/My Video/theclip.mp4" 

NOTE:- The Portal screen must remain open until the entire file has been downloaded (It is not performed in the background), The amount of time the download takes will vary with broadband speed

===Split===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Split (45m parts)

This Function (only available on files over 4GB) will split the file into 45 Minute parts with a 2 Minute overlap, It can be used to stream large files without hitting the 4GB stream bug present on the Humax.

The New files will have segment numbering e.g. 1/3. E.T. The Extra-Terrestrial

==Web-IF Channel Icons==

A set of PNG picture files used to display the T.V. channel icons in the Web-Interface, they reside in /mod/var/mongoose/html/img/channels

==Webif-charts==

Chart modules for the web interface

==Webif-iphone==

A cut-down web interface, optimised for display on the iPhone and other mobile devices

See Screenshots [[Smartphone_Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''HERE''']]

==wget==

Retrieve files via HTTP or FTP

Note:- There is already a version of wget in Busybox which is loaded automatically, However it may be necessary to install the stand alone package as it will be a newer version

==Xtra1 Portal==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Xtra1 | '''HERE''']]

==Zeroconf==

mDNS Responder, Will create a humax.local name which can be seen by anything running mDNS

Create Packages

2012-05-14T16:58:27Z

Adsb: Describe dpkg-deb

The modified firmware includes a lightweight package management system called opkg ([http://code.google.com/p/opkg/ home page]) which is similar to the Debian package management system (dpkg).

== Package Repositories ==

The custom firmware is configured to use the package repository at [http://hummypkg.org.uk/packages.html hummypkg.org.uk] by default.

== Package Format ==

A package is a UNIX Archive (<tt>ar</tt>) file which itself contains three files:

;debian-binary : A file which just contains the string <tt>"2.0"</tt>, a clue to the packaging system's roots.
;data.tar.gz : The files which make up the package.
;control.tar.gz : Package meta-information.

== Creating a Package ==

The <tt>pkgtools</tt> package includes utilities for working with packages and can be used to create packages directly on the Humax itself. Before proceeding, install these utilities:

humax# opkg update
humax# opkg install pkgtools

Next create a directory to hold your new package and create a directory within it called CONTROL, which will be used for the package meta-information:

humax# cd /mod/tmp
humax# mkdir my-first-package
humax# mkdir my-first-package/CONTROL

{{Note|Package names should '''not''' contain underscore (_) characters as these are used as delimiters in package file names. It is safest to stick to alpha-numeric characters and use - as a delimiter where appropriate, e.g. <tt>webif-iphone</tt>}}

Place the files which make up your package directly into the new package directory. Note that to save memory when running, compiled binaries should be stripped before packaging. In this example, we'll create a package which just installs a script called <tt>hello</tt>.

humax# cd /mod/tmp/my-first-package
humax# mkdir bin
humax# cat > bin/hello
#!/bin/sh

echo "Hello!"
^D
humax# chmod 755 bin/hello

{{Note|Files should be included relative to <tt>/mod</tt> (or <tt>/opt</tt> on the FoxSat) so in this example the <tt>bin/hello</tt> file will be installed as <tt>/mod/bin/hello</tt>}}

Create file package control file as <tt>CONTROL/control</tt>. Here's an example:

<pre>
Package: jim-sqlite3
Priority: optional
Section: misc
Version: 0.71
Architecture: mipsel
Maintainer: af123@hummypkg.org.uk
Depends: jim(>=0.71-1),sqlite3
Description: Jim SQLite3 plugin.
A plugin for the jim interpreter (a lightweight TCL interpreter) which
provides access to SQLite3 databases (such as those used on the Humax).
</pre>

The Debian project maintains [http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-controlfields.html documentation on the format of the control file] which also applies to opkg packages, although some fields are not required.

; Package : The package name.
; Priority : Always set to optional for Humax packages.
; Section : One of <tt>misc</tt>, <tt>net</tt>, <tt>devel</tt>, etc. [http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-archive.html#s-subsections full list]
; Version : The package version number of the format ''upstream_version[-opkg_version]'' [http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-controlfields.html#s-f-Version more information]
; Architecture : Always <tt>mipsel</tt> for the HD/HDR Fox T2, and <tt>mips</tt> for the FoxSat.
; Maintainer : An email address or hummy.tv/wiki username.
; Depends : A list of dependencies for this package, optionally with version constraints [http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-relationships.html#s-binarydeps see Debian documentation]
; Description : A description of the package. Continuation lines must be prefixed by whitespace.

The CONTROL directory can also contain other package maintenance scripts such as <tt>preinst</tt>, <tt>postinst</tt>, <tt>prerm</tt> and <tt>postrm</tt>. See [http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-maintainerscripts.html the Debian documentation for more details and examples]. The scripts are called with various arguments during package maintenance operations. Many simple packages do not require any maintenance scripts.

Continuing with our example package, create the bare minimum control file:

<pre>
humax# cat > CONTROL/control
Package: hello
Version: 1.0
Architecture: mipsel
Maintainer: af123
Description: hello
^D
</pre>

The package can now be built using the opkg-pack command:

<pre>
humax# cd /mod/tmp
humax# opkg-pack my-first-package
bin/
bin/hello
Packaged contents of /mod/tmp/my-first-package/ into /mod/tmp/my-first-package//../hello_1.0_mipsel.opk 532
</pre>

The package can then be installed directly from the resulting file for testing.

<pre>
humax# opkg install hello_1.0_mipsel.opk
Installing hello (1.0) to root...
Configuring hello.
humax# hello
Hello!
humax# opkg remove hello
Removing package hello from root...
</pre>

If you have any packages which you'd like published in the [http://hummypkg.org.uk hummypkg.org.uk] repository, then email them to [mailto:packages@hummypkg.org.uk packages@hummypkg.org.uk].

== Unpacking an existing package ==

The <tt>pkgtools</tt> package also contains a utility which can be used to unpack an existing package into a directory structure for editing or just for investigation.

<pre>
humax# cd /mod/tmp
humax# opkg download webif
Downloading http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/webif_0.6.4_mipsel.opk.
Downloaded webif as ./webif_0.6.4_mipsel.opk.
humax# opkg-unpack webif_0.6.4_mipsel.opk
Unpacked to webif_0.6.4_mipsel
</pre>

If you have a Debian-based Linux machine, opkg packages can be examined and manipulated using the dkpg-deb command.

wget http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/busybox_1.19.3-3_mipsel.opk
dpkg-deb -x busybox_1.19.3-3_mipsel.opk <tmpdir>

== Packing and Unpacking Bundled Packages ==

An OPK file contains the executable program /s and all the set-up scripts required for a single Custom Firmware package, However this single package may require other packages to be present in order to work. An OPB file contains the main package and all the peripheral packages require for it to run in a single file, the OPK’s are tarred together to form this file and can be viewed as follows :-
<pre>
humax# /bin/untar multimode_0.0.1_mipsel.opb
Extracting from multimode_0.0.1_mipsel.opb
Extracting file multimode_0.0.1_mipsel.opk
Extracting file webif_0.8.9_mipsel.opk
Extracting file mongoose_3.0-6_mipsel.opk
Extracting file jim_0.71-1_mipsel.opk
Extracting file jim-sqlite3_0.71-1_mipsel.opk
Extracting file sqlite3_3.7.6_mipsel.opk
Extracting file jim-cgi_0.4-1_mipsel.opk
Extracting file jim-oo_0.71_mipsel.opk
Extracting file jim-pack_0.71_mipsel.opk
Extracting file service-control_1.0_mipsel.opk
Extracting file busybox_1.19.3-2_mipsel.opk
Extracting file lsof_4.82_mipsel.opk
Extracting file epg_1.0.8_mipsel.opk
Extracting file hmt_1.1.3_mipsel.opk
Extracting file ssmtp_2.64_mipsel.opk
Extracting file anacron_2.3-1_mipsel.opk
Extracting file cron-daemon_1.18.3-1_mipsel.opk
Extracting file rs_0.4.0_mipsel.opk
End of multimode_0.0.1_mipsel.opb
humax#

</pre>

Create Packages

2012-05-14T16:47:58Z

Adsb: Fix typo

The modified firmware includes a lightweight package management system called opkg ([http://code.google.com/p/opkg/ home page]) which is similar to the Debian package management system (dpkg).

== Package Repositories ==

The custom firmware is configured to use the package repository at [http://hummypkg.org.uk/packages.html hummypkg.org.uk] by default.

== Package Format ==

A package is a UNIX Archive (<tt>ar</tt>) file which itself contains three files:

;debian-binary : A file which just contains the string <tt>"2.0"</tt>, a clue to the packaging system's roots.
;data.tar.gz : The files which make up the package.
;control.tar.gz : Package meta-information.

== Creating a Package ==

The <tt>pkgtools</tt> package includes utilities for working with packages and can be used to create packages directly on the Humax itself. Before proceeding, install these utilities:

humax# opkg update
humax# opkg install pkgtools

Next create a directory to hold your new package and create a directory within it called CONTROL, which will be used for the package meta-information:

humax# cd /mod/tmp
humax# mkdir my-first-package
humax# mkdir my-first-package/CONTROL

{{Note|Package names should '''not''' contain underscore (_) characters as these are used as delimiters in package file names. It is safest to stick to alpha-numeric characters and use - as a delimiter where appropriate, e.g. <tt>webif-iphone</tt>}}

Place the files which make up your package directly into the new package directory. Note that to save memory when running, compiled binaries should be stripped before packaging. In this example, we'll create a package which just installs a script called <tt>hello</tt>.

humax# cd /mod/tmp/my-first-package
humax# mkdir bin
humax# cat > bin/hello
#!/bin/sh

echo "Hello!"
^D
humax# chmod 755 bin/hello

{{Note|Files should be included relative to <tt>/mod</tt> (or <tt>/opt</tt> on the FoxSat) so in this example the <tt>bin/hello</tt> file will be installed as <tt>/mod/bin/hello</tt>}}

Create file package control file as <tt>CONTROL/control</tt>. Here's an example:

<pre>
Package: jim-sqlite3
Priority: optional
Section: misc
Version: 0.71
Architecture: mipsel
Maintainer: af123@hummypkg.org.uk
Depends: jim(>=0.71-1),sqlite3
Description: Jim SQLite3 plugin.
A plugin for the jim interpreter (a lightweight TCL interpreter) which
provides access to SQLite3 databases (such as those used on the Humax).
</pre>

The Debian project maintains [http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-controlfields.html documentation on the format of the control file] which also applies to opkg packages, although some fields are not required.

; Package : The package name.
; Priority : Always set to optional for Humax packages.
; Section : One of <tt>misc</tt>, <tt>net</tt>, <tt>devel</tt>, etc. [http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-archive.html#s-subsections full list]
; Version : The package version number of the format ''upstream_version[-opkg_version]'' [http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-controlfields.html#s-f-Version more information]
; Architecture : Always <tt>mipsel</tt> for the HD/HDR Fox T2, and <tt>mips</tt> for the FoxSat.
; Maintainer : An email address or hummy.tv/wiki username.
; Depends : A list of dependencies for this package, optionally with version constraints [http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-relationships.html#s-binarydeps see Debian documentation]
; Description : A description of the package. Continuation lines must be prefixed by whitespace.

The CONTROL directory can also contain other package maintenance scripts such as <tt>preinst</tt>, <tt>postinst</tt>, <tt>prerm</tt> and <tt>postrm</tt>. See [http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ch-maintainerscripts.html the Debian documentation for more details and examples]. The scripts are called with various arguments during package maintenance operations. Many simple packages do not require any maintenance scripts.

Continuing with our example package, create the bare minimum control file:

<pre>
humax# cat > CONTROL/control
Package: hello
Version: 1.0
Architecture: mipsel
Maintainer: af123
Description: hello
^D
</pre>

The package can now be built using the opkg-pack command:

<pre>
humax# cd /mod/tmp
humax# opkg-pack my-first-package
bin/
bin/hello
Packaged contents of /mod/tmp/my-first-package/ into /mod/tmp/my-first-package//../hello_1.0_mipsel.opk 532
</pre>

The package can then be installed directly from the resulting file for testing.

<pre>
humax# opkg install hello_1.0_mipsel.opk
Installing hello (1.0) to root...
Configuring hello.
humax# hello
Hello!
humax# opkg remove hello
Removing package hello from root...
</pre>

If you have any packages which you'd like published in the [http://hummypkg.org.uk hummypkg.org.uk] repository, then email them to [mailto:packages@hummypkg.org.uk packages@hummypkg.org.uk].

== Unpacking an existing package ==

The <tt>pkgtools</tt> package also contains a utility which can be used to unpack an existing package into a directory structure for editing or just for investigation.

<pre>
humax# cd /mod/tmp
humax# opkg download webif
Downloading http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/webif_0.6.4_mipsel.opk.
Downloaded webif as ./webif_0.6.4_mipsel.opk.
humax# opkg-unpack webif_0.6.4_mipsel.opk
Unpacked to webif_0.6.4_mipsel
</pre>

== Packing and Unpacking Bundled Packages ==

An OPK file contains the executable program /s and all the set-up scripts required for a single Custom Firmware package, However this single package may require other packages to be present in order to work. An OPB file contains the main package and all the peripheral packages require for it to run in a single file, the OPK’s are tarred together to form this file and can be viewed as follows :-
<pre>
humax# /bin/untar multimode_0.0.1_mipsel.opb
Extracting from multimode_0.0.1_mipsel.opb
Extracting file multimode_0.0.1_mipsel.opk
Extracting file webif_0.8.9_mipsel.opk
Extracting file mongoose_3.0-6_mipsel.opk
Extracting file jim_0.71-1_mipsel.opk
Extracting file jim-sqlite3_0.71-1_mipsel.opk
Extracting file sqlite3_3.7.6_mipsel.opk
Extracting file jim-cgi_0.4-1_mipsel.opk
Extracting file jim-oo_0.71_mipsel.opk
Extracting file jim-pack_0.71_mipsel.opk
Extracting file service-control_1.0_mipsel.opk
Extracting file busybox_1.19.3-2_mipsel.opk
Extracting file lsof_4.82_mipsel.opk
Extracting file epg_1.0.8_mipsel.opk
Extracting file hmt_1.1.3_mipsel.opk
Extracting file ssmtp_2.64_mipsel.opk
Extracting file anacron_2.3-1_mipsel.opk
Extracting file cron-daemon_1.18.3-1_mipsel.opk
Extracting file rs_0.4.0_mipsel.opk
End of multimode_0.0.1_mipsel.opb
humax#

</pre>

Custom Firmware Package Notes

2012-05-13T17:18:01Z

Adsb: /* Vi */

'''BREIF NOTES FOR CUSTOM FIRMWARE PACKAGES'''
{{Note|Some Functions of the Web Interface are 'Built-In' and do not require an additional package to be installed, These Features are covered in the Web If section of this page

Some packages require a reboot (Hard disk spin down) before they take effect}}

==7Zip==

Command line utility that can pack and un-pack zip type files

*Supported Packing / unpacking Formats = 7z, XZ, BZIP2, GZIP, TAR, ZIP and WIM
*Supported Unpacking only = ARJ, CAB, CHM, CPIO, CramFS, DEB, DMG, FAT, HFS, ISO, LZH, LZMA, MBR, MSI, NSIS, NTFS, RAR, RPM, SquashFS, UDF, VHD, WIM, XAR and Z.

==Auto-Unprotect==

The Auto Unprotect package runs in the background and automatically removes the Encryption Protected flag on High Definition recordings. This is the flag which prevents the file from being decrypted in the same way a Standard Definition file. On first installation, the hard disk will be scanned for any high definition recordings and they will be unprotected. Thereafter new recordings will have the flag removed as they are completed

Auto Unprotect also makes a change to the DLNA index so that High Definition files can be streamed without DTCP

NOTE:- The removal of the ENC flag does not decrypt the file, However it does make decyption possible by the same means as a Standard Definition file, see flow chart [[Encryption |'''HERE''']]

==Auto-Update==

This package automatically keeps the installed packages up to date by checking for any new releases daily and automatically downloading and installing them, It will check once per day at the earliest power on, for most people probably the 04:30 boot

==Bash==

Bourne Again SHell is an enhanced [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sh | '''Sh (Shell)''']] Command line / scripting language [http://www.gnu.org/software/bash/manual/bashref.html '''See Reference Guide''']

==Betaftpd==

===For HDR-Fox T2===

The HDR-FOX T2 has a built-in FTP server, This default server will still be in available after the Custom Firmware is installed, However only files under ‘Media’ are visible, Betaftpd has two possible Logins, If login = humaxftp and password = 0000 is used then only ‘Media’ is visible. If login = root and password = 0000 is used then the entire file system is accessable. If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used

NOTE:- The Built-in FTP server must be turned off if Betaftpd is used with Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = OFF

===For HD-Fox T2===

Betaftpd will add an FTP server to the Humax after installation, Betaftpd has two possible Logins, If login = humaxftp and password = 0000 is used then only ‘Media’ is visible. If login = root and password = 0000 is used then the entire file system is accessable. If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used

==BootHDR==

This Function for the HD-FOX T2 only, Allows the HD-FOX T2 to run the software for the HDR-FOX T2, to allow decryption of recordings by copying to a volume, BootHDR can be installed from the Web-If packages screen (of the HD-Fox T2 only). Here is the equivalent command line (Telnet) :-

 opkg install wget 

 opkg install boothdr --force-reinstall 

==BusyBox==

Your Humax box has a ‘Unix’ operating system, Busybox is a package that provides 158 common Unix [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sh_.28SHell.29 | '''Sh (Shell)''']] commands that can be used in a Telnet sessions, The List below shows the available commands, There is no 'man' command that would explain what they do, but most commands can have a -? or -h extention to get some help e.g. ls -?, A command look up table can be found [http://busybox.net/downloads/BusyBox.html '''HERE''']

NOTE:- It is not a good idea to 'Play' with these commands if you don't know what you are doing

<div style="column-count:8;-moz-column-count:8;-webkit-column-count:8">
*[
*[[
*ar
*arp
*arping
*ash
*awk
*base64
*basename
*bunzip2
*bzcat
*bzip2
*cal
*cat
*catv
*chgrp
*chmod
*chown
*chroot
*cksum
*clear
*cmp
*comm
*cp
*cpio
*cut
*date
*dc
*dd
*df
*diff
*dirname
*dos2unix
*du
*echo
*ed
*egrep
*env
*ether-wake
*expr
*false
*fgrep
*find
*fold
*free
*ftpget
*ftpput
*fuser
*grep
*gunzip
*gzip
*hd
*head
*hexdump
*ifconfig
*insmod
*install
*iostat
*kill
*killall
*killall5
*last
*less
*ln
*logname
*ls
*lsmod
*lsusb
*lzcat
*lzma
*md5sum
*mkdir
*mkfifo
*mknod
*mktemp
*modinfo
*modprobe
*more
*mpstat
*mv
*nc
*netstat
*nice
*nmeter
*nohup
*nslookup
*od
*patch
*pgrep
*ping
*pkill
*pmap
*printenv
*printf
*ps
*pstree
*pwd
*pwdx
*readlink
*realpath
*renice
*rm
*rmdir
*rmmod
*route
*rpm
*sed
*sendmail
*seq
*sh
*sha1sum
*sha256sum
*sha512sum
*sleep
*sort
*split
*stat
*strings
*stty
*sum
*sync
*sysctl
*tail
*tar
*tee
*telnet
*test
*tftp
*time
*top
*touch
*tr
*traceroute
*true
*tty
*uname
*uniq
*unix2dos
*unlzma
*unxz
*unzip
*uptime
*usleep
*uudecode
*uuencode
*vi
*watch
*wc
*wget
*which
*who
*whoami
*xargs
*xz
*xzcat
*yes
*zcat
</div>

==CIFS==

The Common Internet File System. The cifs package provides the Humax with the ability to remotely access files shared from PCs using Windows file sharing. This package adds the support to the running system but mounting remote filesystems must currently be performed from the command line, Example :-

 mkdir /media/NAS 

 mkdir "/media/My Video/NAS" 

 mount -t cifs //server/share /media/NAS -o user=abc,password=def 

 mount -t cifs "//server/share /media/My Video/NAS" -o user=abc,password=def 

==Cron==

Cron is a time-based job scheduler that will auto-run tasks for you, It is built into Busybox which is a standard utility on your Humax, so cron does not need to be installed, the tasks are held in a cron table or crontab, here is an example crontab :-

<pre>
humax# cd /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/
humax# cat root
0 2 * * * /mod/sbin/anacron -s -d
1,31 * * * * /mod/sbin/unencrypt "/mnt/hd2/My Video/archive" > /mod/tmp/unencrypt.log 2>&1
*/10 * * * * /mod/sbin/rs_process >> /mod/tmp/rs.log 2>&1
humax#

</pre>

Each line of crontab has the following structure:

<Minute> <Hour> <Day> <Month> <Day of Week> <Command line> Note :- * = All or Every

The three examples above will run
#at 2AM every day
#at 1 Minute and 31 Minutes of every Hour every day
#every 10 Minutes continuously

It is possible to display all cron jobs with the following command line:-

 crontab -l 

To add a new cron job edit file /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/root and add a new line

==Curl Command==

curl command line utility

==Custom TV Portal==

An extension to the Humax TV Portal thats add some more apps

Full Guide[[Custom_TV_Portal | '''HERE''']]

==Dedup (Command Line)==

The dedup package adds a command line utility which can consolidate recordings within a single folder so that duplicates are removed and the remaining episodes are renamed so that the episode name and number (if available) are displayed in the Media Browser

Note:- There is a 'built-in' version of Dedup in the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Web_IF | '''Web-If ''']] that effectivly replaces the command line package, However if the dedup package is installed it is possible to perform the following Telnet commands from the folder you have navigated to:-

 dedup HIDE lists the recordings there and shows what they would be renamed to

 dedup -yes HIDE perform the changes as detailed below :-

*Renames the files on disk to match the episode name
*Changes the title shown in the media list to match the episode name
*Identifies duplicate episodes and moves them to a sub-folder called dup/

==Disable DSO==

Disable automatic retuning in response to Digital-Switch-Over events

==Disable OTA==

This feature inhibits any Over The Air Software updates that may be transmitted by Humax

==Dropbear SSH==

A secure shell (ssh) server for the Humax. This package provides remote command line access over an encrypted session and is a secure alternative to using telnet
to gain command line access - although it causes the box to do more work. Also allows the use of ''scp'' (secure copy) as a secure alternative to FTP.

Login with username=root, password=humax

==Edit On Box (Nicesplice)==

Full Guide for Nicesplice [[Edit_On_Box | '''HERE''']]

==EPG (Command Line)==

EPG information can be obtained from a Telnet Command line e.g.

 epg 

<pre>

humax# epg
Humax EPG Tool v1.0.8, by af123, 2011.

Syntax: epg [options] [filters] <command>...

Options:
-b Brief output.
-d[level] Set debug level.
-f<file> Specify alternate EPG data file.
-h Show help text.
-p Parsable output.

Filters: (can be specified multiple times, all must be true)
-C<CRID> Show only events with this CRID.
-D<descriptor type> Show only selected descriptor type.
-E<event id> Show only selected event.
-R<SCRID> Show only events with this Series ID.
-S<service id> Show only selected service.
-T<content type> Show only selected content types.
-@<unix timestamp> Show only programmes at time.
-/<unix timestamp> Show only programmes on day.
-/<days> Show only programmes on day.
-=<start>:<end> Show only programmes in time period.

Commands:
dump Show a parsed summary of the EPG.
dumpraw Show raw data from the EPG.
sqldump Produce SQL statements from EPG data.
sqlitedump <file> Create SQLite database from EPG data.
now Show what is currently on.
first Show the time of the earliest record.
last Show the time of the latest record.
parse Parse the EPG, no output.
search <text> Search programme names for text.
searchall <text> Search programme names/descriptions for text.
</pre>

==Epg Keywords (Web-If)==

This package was a web interface plugin which allowed a list of keywords to be configured and when found an email was sent Weekly to a specified email address detailing any programmes in the EPG which matched the keywords

NOTE:- The EPG Keywords functionallity has now been moved to [[Remote_Scheduling_Auto | '''Remote Scheduling Auto''']]

Initial Setup :-
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> Email address >> myname@talktalk.co.uk
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> SMTP >> smtp.talktalk.co.uk
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> SEND TEST EMAIL

==Ffmpeg==

FFmpeg will record, convert and stream audio and video, It includes libavcodec - the leading audio/video codec library, It also displays information about video and audio files. See Link [http://ffmpeg.org/ffmpeg.html '''HERE''']

==Flatten==

This feature changes how recorded programs are displayed on screen in the 'Media - My Video' menu, Series of programs are normally grouped into a sub-folder, Flatten will move the contents of sub-folders to the main 'Top' folder and remove empty sub-folders, After installing flatten the Web-If will have an option under OPT+ which lets you toggle directories between flatten and no-flatten

'''NOTE''' :- All directories will default to have flatten turned on unless they are changed

'''Exceptions'''

* Folders marked as no flatten using the OPT+ option will not be flattened
* Folders who's names are bounded by square brackets e.g. [NOT THIS ONE] will not be flattened
* Folders containing a file called .noflatten will not be flattened (Note:- Create this file Via Telnet)

==Flexget==

FlexGet is a multipurpose automation tool for content like torrents, nzbs, podcasts, comics, series, movies, etc.It can use different kinds of sources like RSS-feeds, html pages, csv files,search engines and there are even plugins for sites that do not provide any kind of useful feeds.

A Typical Cron entry for Flexget would be :-

 */1 * * * * /mod/bin/flexget -c /mod/.flexget/config.yml --cron 

* Flexget Documentation [http://flexget.com '''HERE''']

==Forcedate==

This utility forces the date on your Humax to 16 November 2011 12:34:56. It is require if the Humax can't get Time / Date info Over The Air. After using Forcedate it is possible to set time / date to internet time automatically on boot-up using [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Ntp_Client | '''NTP Client''']]

==Foscam==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Foscam | '''HERE''']]

==FTP==

File Transfer Protocol is a method of transferring files to and from your Humax, The Humax HDR-Fox T2 has a built-in FTP for access to the media folders only. See the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Betaftpd |'''Betaftpd package''' ]] for access to the full Humax file structure or to add an FTP server to the HD-Fox T2. To use FTP on a P.C. a program that handles FTP is required, Internet Explorer and Windows (file) Explorer will allow FTP access by entering ftp://10.0.0.200 into the address bar, Although access may be restricted to media folders only, even when using the Betaftpd package, If access to the whole file structure is required programs like Filezilla or WS_FTP_Pro can be used.

Notes :-
* To use the Built-In Humax FTP server MENU >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = ON
* When using Betaftpd MENU >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = OFF
*10.0.0.200 needs to be replaced with your own Humax IP address
*login = humaxftp
*password = 0000 (your Remote Pin default). If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used

==Grep==

Grep is built into Busybox and is used to search through a file or files looking for specified blocks of text, The output can be displayed on-screen or sent to a new file. [http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?egrep Syntax Here]

Associated utilities = Egrep, Fgrep

<pre>
humax# cat original-file.txt

-H Add 'filename:' prefix
-h Do not add 'filename:' prefix
-n Add 'line_no:' prefix
-l Show only names of files that match
-L Show only names of files that don't match
-c Show only count of matching lines
-o Show only the matching part of line
-q Quiet. Return 0 if PATTERN is found, 1 otherwise
-v Select non-matching lines
-s Suppress open and read errors
-r Recurse
-i Ignore case
-w Match whole words only
-F PATTERN is a literal (not regexp)
-E PATTERN is an extended regexp
-m N Match up to N times per file
-A N Print N lines of trailing context
-B N Print N lines of leading context
-C N Same as '-A N -B N'
-e PTRN Pattern to match
-f FILE Read pattern from file

humax# grep match original-file.txt
-l Show only names of files that match
-L Show only names of files that don't match
-c Show only count of matching lines
-o Show only the matching part of line
-v Select non-matching lines
-e PTRN Pattern to match
humax#
</pre>

==HMT==

This package displays information on the humax *.hmt file, A small 'sidecar' file created alogside the main *.ts video file

From a Telnet Session, Navigate to a directory containing an *.hmt file, Then enter hmt {filename}

 hmt KAISER_CHIEFS_DD5_1_20110410_0147.hmt 

<pre>
humax# hmt KAISER_CHIEFS_DD5_1_20110410_0147.hmt
Format:HD
Title:KAISER CHIEFS DD5.1
Channel:4096 (BBC HD)
Folder:/mnt/hd2/My Video/MY-ARCHIVE/
Filename:KAISER CHIEFS DD5_1_20110410_0147
Genre:Entertainment
EPG:Performance from the Kaiser Chiefs from the Later... with Jools Holland archives.
They play I Predict a Riot, the party and festival anthem of 2005.

Flags: HD,Unlimited Copies,
Copy count:0

Scheduled start:1302396300 (Sun Apr 10 00:45:00 2011)
Scheduled duration:300
Recording start:1302396449 (Sun Apr 10 00:47:29 2011)
Recording end:1302396706 (Sun Apr 10 00:51:46 2011)
Play resumes at: 15 seconds in.

Service ID (SID):17472
Transport Stream ID (TSID):16516
Originating Network ID (ONID):9018
Programme Map Table PID (PMTPID):100
Video PID:101
Audio PID:102
Bookmarks:0 =
</pre>

==Humidify==

A utility for manipulating Humax Download Format (HDF) files

==Inadyn==
A Dynamic DNS client with web configuration plugin (see webif settings page), The log file is blanked whenever the box set to standby and a new one created when switched from standby

==I-Phone Interface==

An iphone optimised web interface for the Humax

Screen Shots [[Smartphone_Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''HERE''']]

==lsof==

This unix command stands for LiSt of Open Files,With no extentions it will default to 'All' open files, But it is probably more useful when used with a filter as shown in the examples :-

 lsof | grep humaxtv HIDE All files opened by the main Humax TV process

 lsof | cut -f 1 -d' ' | sort | uniq HIDE List all processes that have opened files

 lsof | grep epg HIDE All files opened by the EPG process

<pre>humax# lsof | grep epg
epg 596 root cwd 0000 31,0 1307722938 21474853357 /dev
epg 596 root rtd 0000 31,0 1321652395 77309428205 /
epg 596 root txt 0000 8,18 1322689164 4295000557 /mnt/hd2/mod/bin/epg
epg 596 root mem REG 8,18 9226050 /mnt/hd2/mod/bin/epg (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 174 /lib/ld-uClibc-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 8,18 9225846 /mnt/hd2/mod/lib/libsqlite3.so.0.8.6 (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 169 /lib/libuClibc-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 216 /lib/libpthread-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 186 /lib/libdl-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root 0 0000 31,0 1307722935 4294975926 /dev/null
epg 596 root 1 0000 0,13 1322848876 4295000502 /tmp/epgd.log
epg 596 root 2 0000 0,13 1322848858 4295000502 /tmp/modinit.log
</pre>

==Jim==

Jim is a form of the programming language TCL (Tool Command Language), That runs on the Humax unix platform

==Jpnevulator==

Serial Port Sniffer

==Joe==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==Mediatomb==
A UPnP MediaServer, This package allows the HD T2 to stream content to other devices on your network, as the HD T2 does not have this facility built-in

==Mongoose==

Mongoose is the Webserver that the Custom Firmware Package uses to present the Web pages you see when you log into the Web Interface, [[Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''SEE EXAMPLES''']]

==Multienv==

Helper utility for modifying the settop environment, Used by other packages.

==Mvdisks==

Mounts external drives (connected via USB) under "My Video" to allow export by the DLNA server (HDR only)

==Network Shares Automount==

Automatic mounting of remote nfs or smb directories, with configuration on the box, using special "settings" directorys to add and configure shares. Remote host(s) are "pinged" regularly, and shares are mounting / unmounting automatically with host availability

Folders on a computer or NAS box can be shared with other devices on the same network. On the humax box with custom firmware we can add support for two protocols - smb (used by Windows, pre-Lion OsX, linux running Samba), and nfs (Linux, OsX, common with NAS boxes). smb support is provided by the cifs package. We can "mount" the remote shared folder(s) so they appear as if they were part of the local file system on the Humax

This packages uses directory names in the "*Modsettings/smb" and/or "*Modsettings/nfs" folders to configure as many shares as you like. For example to set up a new smb share, use the opt+ button to create a new directory within the smb folder. Name it what you want the mount to be called (eg "MyPc") Wait about 10 seconds, and navigate into the new folder. The script should have created a load of template "configuration directories" for you to rename (host IP address, foldername, user, password etc). Note that the "_" symbol is used instead of "." in IP names and "/" in folder names as these can't be input (or if they can I think the box changes them to a "_")

Once configured, the script will regularly ping the host computer to see if it is available. If it is then the shared folder will be mounted and should be browsable. If the host goes offline, the folder will be unmounted, preventing the box from locking up.

Wake up On LAN (WOL) is also available to automatically power up compatible (newer) NAS boxes, The user must supply the MAC address of the NAS box and set WakeUp=on

==Nano==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==NTFS 3g==

Read/write NTFS disk access. Out of the box the Humax can read NTFS formatted drives but this package upgrades that support to full read/write access

==Ntp Client==

Network Time Protocol sets the Humax clock from an Internet time server on each boot. Useful if you do not have an aerial connection. Note :- This utility may also need [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Forcedate | '''Forcedate''']] to be loaded, In order to get the date near the current as NTP won't change a time / Date that is too far out

==OPKG==

Open PacKaGe Management is the tool used to handle Custom Firmware packages, Here Are some examples :-

opkgHID= list all opkg commands

opkg install http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/auto-unprotect_1.0.6_mipsel.opk HID= Install a remote package

opkg listHID= list of available packages

opkg list-installedHID= list of installed packages

opkg remove auto-unprotectHID= uninstall a package Note: No version numbers

==Portal Foscam==

See [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Foscam | '''GUIDE''']]

==Portal Xtra1==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Xtra1 | '''HERE''']]

==Poweron-Channel==

This Utility forces the Humax to always power up on a selected TV channel regardless of the last channel viewed on power down, It is also possible to select a power on volume that overrides the power down volume

==Procps==

procps is the package that has a bunch of small useful utilities that give information about processes using the /proc filesystem. The package includes the programs ps, top, vmstat, w, kill, free, slabtop, and skill.Version 3 includes NPTL thread support, a rewritten top, many bug fixes, performance improvements, and new features. Link [http://procps.sourceforge.net/ '''HERE''']

==Prog Backup==

Utility for backing up recordings and sidecar files to locally attached drives, A search of attatched drives will be made so that the user can choose. Both Hi-Def and Standard definition recordings will be de-crypted so they can be played on a P.C. or copied back to a different Humax. Command line examples Below :-

 progbackup HIDE Backup everthing under My Video

 progbackup "/mnt/hd2/My Video/BOB's Films/" HIDE Backup files in a specified folder

'''NOTE:-''' Make sure to use the quotation marks around the directory name.

==Redring==

Causes the Humax to display a Red LED ring when recording in standby, plus various other front panel options detailed in the table below. The new settings are configurable using the Web-If >> Settings >> Redring Settings

{| border="1"
! Humax Status
! Humax Default
! With Redring
! Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Standby LED Not Recording
! 11% Amber
! 11% Amber
! N/A
|-
! align="left" |Standby LED Waiting to Record (Half-Awake)
! 11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Blue & Set Brightness(1)
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Blue On / Off & 10% to 99% Brightness(1)
|-
! align="left" |Standby LED Recording X1
! 11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Red & Set Brightness(2)
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | 10% to 99% Brightness(2)
|-
! align="left" |Standby LED Recording X2
! 11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Purple
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Purple On / Off & Brightness(2)
|-
! align="left" |Awake LED Not Recording
! 99% Blue
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Blue
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Brightness(3)
|-
! align="left" |Awake LED Waiting to Record
! 99% Blue
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Blue
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Brightness(3)
|-
! align="left" |Awake LED Recording X1
! 99% Red
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Red
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Brightness(3)
|-
! align="left" |Awake LED Recording X2
! 99% Red
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Purple
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Purple On / Off & Brightness(3)
|-
! align="left" |Disable Display Scrolling
! Scrolling On
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Scrolling Off
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Show Clock When Running
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Clock
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Show Elapsed Time On Playback
! At end of scrolling display.
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Elapsed Time
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Turn off LED ring in standby
! 11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | <1% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Set Awake LED brightness
! 100% brightness
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Set Brightness(3)
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off & 0% to 99% Brightness(3)
|-
! align="left" |Set Awake Display brightness
! 100% > 50% after 3 Mins.
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Set Brightness(4)
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off & 0% to 99% Brightness(4)
|-
! align="left" |Set Standby Display brightness
! 11%
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Set Brightness(5)
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off & 0% to 99% Brightness(5)
|-
! align="left" |Redring Debug
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Debug
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|}

 HIDE ** = Change from Humax default

==Remote Scheduling (RS)==

Remote Scheduling Service. Links your device to the remote scheduling portal so you can manage your scheduled recordings list from anywhere with an Internet connection and web browser

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling | '''HERE''']]

==Remote Scheduling Auto==

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling_Auto | '''HERE''']]

==Rsvsync==

Boot-time reservation sync service

==Rsync==

A fast, versatile, remote (and local) file-copying tool, example :-

 rsync -avr --progress --delete --exclude 'Tsr/' mnt/hd2/ root@synology ip::NetBackup 

==Samba==

Windows compatible file sharing. Allows access to the Humax filesystem from a computer on the same network. The file system is shared using Windows compatible sharing so can be access from Windows, MacOSX and most other operating systems

==Sed==

GNU Stream Editor, A stream editor is used to perform basic text transformations on an input stream, application notes [http://www.gnu.org/software/sed/manual/sed.html '''HERE''']

==Series Filer==

This utility will re-locate series folders created at the top level of My Video to Selected Sub-Directories so that they can be grouped together. After a New series folder has been created by the Humax at the top level, Simply move this series folder to a Sub-directory that you have created e.g. move the Doctor Who series folder to a sub-folder called ‘His Video’. When the next instalment of Doctor Who is transmitted the Humax will create another Doctor Who folder at the top level again, However, If Series Files is running the new instalment will be moved to the ‘His Video / Doctor Who’ automatically. Program names will also be re-named (if possible) to give more detail of each episode

==Service Control==

A command line utility allowing easy control of installed services. Run the 'service' command from the command line for help.

From a Telnet command line prompt send the following :-

 service 
<pre>
humax# service

Name Installed Autostart Running
---- --------- --------- -------
mediatomb No No No
dropbear No No No
transmission No No No
samba No No No
cifs No No No
mongoose Yes Yes Yes

Syntax:
service start <service>
service stop <service>
service auto <service> (toggles autostart) </pre>

==Sh (SHell)==

Sh or Shell is a command line / scripting language built into Busybox that is roughly equivalent to the Windows DOS (Disk Operating System) utility. It is however a lot more powerful than DOS and is a true language

==Smartmontools==

This utility will report on the condition of the S.M.A.R.T. hard disk drive, After installing the package enter the following command line using Telnet :-

 mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -A 

or

 mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -a HIDE for more details

Documentation [http://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/smartmontools/wiki/TocDoc'''HERE''']
<pre>

humax# /mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -A
smartctl 5.41 2011-06-09 r3365 [7405b0-smp-linux-2.6.18-7.1] (local build)
Copyright (C) 2002-11 by Bruce Allen, http://smartmontools.sourceforge.net

=== START OF READ SMART DATA SECTION ===
SMART Attributes Data Structure revision number: 10
Vendor Specific SMART Attributes with Thresholds:
ID# ATTRIBUTE_NAME FLAG VALUE WORST THRESH TYPE UPDATED WHEN_FAILED RAW_VALUE
1 Raw_Read_Error_Rate 0x000f 114 099 006 Pre-fail Always - 66811863
3 Spin_Up_Time 0x0003 097 097 000 Pre-fail Always - 0
4 Start_Stop_Count 0x0032 098 098 020 Old_age Always - 2878
5 Reallocated_Sector_Ct 0x0033 100 100 036 Pre-fail Always - 0
7 Seek_Error_Rate 0x000f 078 060 030 Pre-fail Always - 70502101
9 Power_On_Hours 0x0032 097 097 000 Old_age Always - 3294
10 Spin_Retry_Count 0x0013 100 100 097 Pre-fail Always - 0
12 Power_Cycle_Count 0x0032 099 099 020 Old_age Always - 1439
184 End-to-End_Error 0x0032 100 100 099 Old_age Always - 0
187 Reported_Uncorrect 0x0032 097 097 000 Old_age Always - 3
188 Command_Timeout 0x0032 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0
189 High_Fly_Writes 0x003a 093 093 000 Old_age Always - 7
190 Airflow_Temperature_Cel 0x0022 055 044 045 Old_age Always In_the_past 45 (0 109 45 32)
194 Temperature_Celsius 0x0022 045 056 000 Old_age Always - 45 (0 13 0 0)
195 Hardware_ECC_Recovered 0x001a 048 039 000 Old_age Always - 66811863
197 Current_Pending_Sector 0x0012 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0
198 Offline_Uncorrectable 0x0010 100 100 000 Old_age Offline - 0
199 UDMA_CRC_Error_Count 0x003e 200 200 000 Old_age Always - 0
</pre>

NOTE:- If an external Hard disk Drive is found on boot up the Internal Hard disk will be /dev/sdb, If no External Hard Disk drive is found at boot up the the internal Hard disk will be /dev/sda

==SQLite==

SQlite is a database file handler, e.g. files that typically end in *.db can be opened, edited etc.

==SSMTP==

SSMTP is a program to deliver an E-mail from your Humax to a mailhost or mailhub, It will not handle incomming E-Mail

==Sysmon==

A System Monitoring Utility, the Web-If main page has a System Monitoring icon, selecting this icon displays a graph showing the temperature of the hard disk (the hottest item in the Humax HDR unit) over the last 1 hour period

==Telnet==

Telnet is built into the default Custom Firmware package, To communicate Via Telnet from a P.C. you will need a program such as [http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html '''PuTTY'''], Select connection type Telnet and enter the IP address of your Humax into the Host Name box, Then select OPEN, You will be presented with a new Telnet Window and if connection is successful you will see the humax# prompt.

It is also possible to use Telnet supplied in some versions Microsoft Windows e.g. Start >> Run >> CMD >> Telnet

Telnet is available in Windows XP, However Vista and Windows 7 will require Telnet to be enabled with Control Panel >> Programs and Features >> Turn Windows Features On / Off >> 'Tick' Telnet

Follow [[Telnet |'''THIS LINK''']] for more details on the various ways of obtaining a Telnet connection

Here is an example of Windows XP Telnet for ls -al 

<pre>
C:\> telnet

Welcome to Microsoft Telnet Client
Escape Character is 'CTRL + ]'

open 10.0.0.200

humax# ls -al
total 17
drwxr-xr-x 18 root root 192 Jan 10 09:10 .
drwxr-xr-x 18 root root 192 Jan 10 09:10 ..
drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 474 Jan 10 09:10 bin
drwxr-xr-x 5 root root 2140 Jun 10 2011 dev
drwxr-xr-x 9 root root 378 Jan 10 09:10 etc
drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 23 Jun 10 2011 home
drwxr-xr-x 4 root root 668 Jun 10 2011 lib
drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 120 Jan 1 2000 media
drwxr-xr-x 7 root root 84 May 13 2011 mnt
lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 11 Jan 10 09:10 mod -> mnt/hd2/mod
drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 22 Jun 10 2011 opt
dr-xr-xr-x 57 root root 0 Jan 1 2000 proc
drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 3 Jun 10 2011 root
drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 396 Jan 10 09:10 sbin
drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 23 Jun 10 2011 share
drwxr-xr-x 10 root root 0 Jan 1 2000 sys
drwxrwxrwt 2 root root 280 Apr 13 16:31 tmp
drwxr-xr-x 9 root root 87 Aug 31 2011 usr
drwxr-xr-x 4 root root 88 Jan 10 09:10 var
humax#

to exit from humax# enter Ctrl + d

Microsoft Telnet >

to exit from Telnet enter q

C:\>

To exit windows command line enter exit
</pre>

NOTES
*Telnet command lines on this WiKi are identified by a Yellow Background 
*[Putty] Telnet >> Connection >> Telnet >> return Key sends Telnet New Line instead of ^M should be 'un-Ticked'
*[Windows] Telnet >> unset crlf

==Text Editors==

There is a built-in GUI Text editor in the Web-If (details [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#File Editor |'''HERE''']]). In addition to this editor, There is a basic version of [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vi |'''Vi''']] built into the custom [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#BusyBox |'''Busybox''']] package (not in the Busybox version included in the vendor's firmware). There are also several packages that can be installed to suit your editing preferences e.g. [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vim_Basic |'''Vim Basic''']], [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vim_Standard | '''Vim Standard''']], [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Joe | '''Joe''']] and [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Nano | '''Nano''']]

==Transmission (Bit Torrent)==

The Transmission program will download files from the internet using the a torrent protocol, Downloads using this system are usually fed from multiple sites at the same time in parallel, Because of this many URL’s may be used in the download process, These URLs are packaged together into a single *.torrent file, Transmission re-constructs fragments of the file/s from these various URLs into their original format.

Transmission needs to be supplied with the *.Torrent file, it does not have a Torrent file search facility, one possible torrent source is torrentz.eu, download your selected *.Torrent file to the P.C. you run the Web-iF from

For command line access enter :-

 transmission-remote 

'''Blocklist Notes'''

The block list utility does not currently work as it should e.g. Settings (Bottom Left) >> preferences >> Peers should allow an IP to be entered and then 'Updated', This should read a txt, gz, zip file to opened from a remote site that holds details of URLs that transmission is not allowed to contact during the download process. This can increase security by avoiding know virus sites etc.

Because the ‘Update’ does not work it is necessary to obtain the block file (e.g. from http://www.iblocklist.com/lists.php) and place them in the /mod/etc/transmission/blocklists folder, these files must be smaller than 5Mbs, They will be processed by the Transmission program when first run and *.bin files will be created in the same folder, if the files are successfully processed an indication of the number of ‘Blocked’ URL will be displayed e.g. Block List Has 598940 Rules

*Go into service control and start Transmission
*Set it to auto start if you want it to come on whenever the box is on
*Go to the Web-If main menu and click the transmission icon at the bottom left
*Select 'Open' (the folder at the top left)
*Select browse in the window and highlight the prviously downloaded *.torrent file
*When highlighted select 'Open'
*Select 'Upload'
*If the 'Start when added' box is checked the download will start immediately
* A new directory will be created at /media/ My Video/torrent/ containing successful downloads

==trm==

trm is a version of the Unix rm command (ReMove), This version removes files in blocks using Truncate (hence Truncate ReMove) rather than all at once, In order to reduce demand on system resources

==TTYSnoop==

TTYSnoop allows you to snoop on login tty's through another tty-device or pseudo-tty. The snoop-tty becomes a 'clone' of the original tty, redirecting both input and output from/to it.

==Uinput==

User-space input kernel module

==Unencrypt==

This function will unencrypt all files in a designated directory (or all files in My Video) automatically, Files are de-crypted at the same location e.g. 'decrypt in place' and are processed at the rate of one file every 30 Mins. max. so don't expect instant results

To setup Unencrypt install the package and then via [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Telnet|'''Telnet''']] enter one of the lines below :-

 unencryptsetup "Bob's Videos" HIDE process a single directory

 unencryptsetup HIDE process all files in 'My Video'

 unencryptsetup disable HIDE Turn off unencrypt

This will update the cron table and schedule the program to run every 30 minutes (at Mins 01 and 31) indefinitely. Every time it runs, it will check that there isn't already another job running and then decrypt the first encrypted file that it finds in the directory you specified, therefore gradually working its way through your files, If you don't specify a directory, it will default to decrypting all of your recordings.

NOTES:-
* '''Due to CPU overloading this feature only works between 1AM and 6AM the Humax must be out of standby during this time using an Auto On / Auto off timer''' 

*Auto-Unprotect must be running
*Content sharing must = on e.g. Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings

See Decryption flow chart [[Encryption | '''HERE''']]

==Undelete==

Redirects deleted recordings to a dustbin folder called [Deleted Items] and then automatically removes them from this new folder 7 days later, The Folder Name and delay before deletion is carried out (1 to 30 days) is configurable in the Web-If Setting area. It's a batch process which runs once per day. It runs 6 minutes after the first boot of the day or, if you keep your box on all the time, at 2am.
It scans the bin and removes anything that was put there over x * 24 hours ago, Where x = no. of days (strictly, anything that was last modified over x * 24 hours ago)

==Vi==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]. A basic version of Vi is built into the custom [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#BusyBox |'''Busybox''']] package (it's not included in the version of Busybox in the vendor's firmware).

==Vim Basic==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==Vim Standard==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==Virtual-Disk==

One way to decrypt content which has been recorded by the Humax is to copy to an external disk, This is usually a slow process as the
external disk must be connected via one of the USB ports. This package creates a virtual disk on the system to which content can
be copied. It is much faster since it is based on the internal hard disk. The virtual disk is shared by the MediaTomb package by default, giving a
fairly straightforward method of sharing recorded content on the network. In conjunction with the 'auto-unprotect' package, high definition content can also be shared

Note:- The copy to Virtual Disk MUST be by Remote Control OPT+ copy for decryption to take place

==Web IF ==

[[Web_Interface_Screenshots |'''Screen Shots''']] HIDE [[Webif_release_notes |'''Release Notes''']]

An evolving web interface for the Humax. This package provides a means of accessing the Humax using a web browser on any device connected to the
network (including mobile 'phones and iPads). The interface allows easy viewing of recorded programme details as well as allowing basic
manipulation to be performed. Additionally the EPG can be viewed and searched from within the web browser

Within the Web-IF are the following Built-In Functions :-

===Clipboard===

Used in conjunction with Copy, Cut and Paste, The clipboard is an area that files can be temporarily held in while a new folder is selected. It emulates a Windows Clipboard

===Copy===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

===Crop===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Crop

See Edit on Box link [[Edit_On_Box#Editing_Via_Web-If |'''HERE''']]

===Cut===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

===Decrypt===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Decrypt

This Function will move the file to an _original folder and then stream a new copy to the present location, The new copy will be Decrypted and can be played on a P.C.. NOTE both High Definition AND Standard definition need to be Decrypted

===De-duplicate / Tidy this folder===
[[File:Webif-media-ded.png|70px|thumb|right]]
[[File:Webif-media-ded2.png|70px|thumb|right]]

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> De-duplicate / Tidy this folder

This Function will search a folder and re-name files with more meaningful titles, It will also seperate duplicates into a new folder

See Tidy (Re-name) Example >>

This Function will search a folder and re-name files with more meaningful titles

It will Also seperate duplicates into a new folder

See De Duplicate (to new folder) Example >>

===Download===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Download

This function will download with decrytion an SD file (or Hi-Def File if the 'ENC' flag is removed) and place it into the default download folder on your P.C., The following items may inhibit it functioning correctly :-

# The File type *.TS must not be assosiated with a program such as a media player on your P.C., If it is, Remove the association
# Your brouser must allow re-direction of addresses

===Extract Audio===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Extract Audio

This function will produce an MP3 file containing the stereo audio track contained in a standard Def. Video file (or radio recording), The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be de-crypted (Dispays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Standard Def. recording only (Hi-Def 2 Ch or 6 Ch sound won't be decoded)

===Extract To MPG===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Extract To MPG

This function will produce an MPG copy of the *.TS file in the same folder.The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be de-crypted (Dispays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Standard Def. recording only

===File Editor===

Web-If MAIN >> Diagnostics >> File Editor >> Open >> [Navigate to deisired file]

===Paste===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

[[File:Webif-media-detail.png|100px|thumb|right]]

===Play===

This function provides an in-browser playback function for the Humax, It requires that you have the VLC plugin installed for your browser

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Click on Single File) >> Play

===Save Last Streamed Content===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> Save Last Streamed Content

This Function will make a permanent MP4 copy of any content that has been viewed using the Humax TV portal e.g. I-Player / You Tube and place it into the 'My Video' folder. The Telnet equivalent Syntax is as follows :-

cp /mnt/hd3/Streamer_down_file "/media/My Video/theclip.mp4" 

NOTE:- The Portal screen must remain open until the entire file has been downloaded (It is not performed in the background), The amount of time the download takes will vary with broadband speed

===Split===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Split (45m parts)

This Function (only available on files over 4GB) will split the file into 45 Minute parts with a 2 Minute overlap, It can be used to stream large files without hitting the 4GB stream bug present on the Humax.

The New files will have segment numbering e.g. 1/3. E.T. The Extra-Terrestrial

==Web-IF Channel Icons==

A set of PNG picture files used to display the T.V. channel icons in the Web-Interface, they reside in /mod/var/mongoose/html/img/channels

==Webif-charts==

Chart modules for the web interface

==Webif-iphone==

A cut-down web interface, optimised for display on the iPhone and other mobile devices

See Screenshots [[Smartphone_Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''HERE''']]

==wget==

Retrieve files via HTTP or FTP

Note:- There is already a version of wget in Busybox which is loaded automatically, However it may be necessary to install the stand alone package as it will be a newer version

==Xtra1 Portal==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Xtra1 | '''HERE''']]

Custom Firmware Package Notes

2012-05-13T17:16:13Z

Adsb: /* Text Editors */

'''BREIF NOTES FOR CUSTOM FIRMWARE PACKAGES'''
{{Note|Some Functions of the Web Interface are 'Built-In' and do not require an additional package to be installed, These Features are covered in the Web If section of this page

Some packages require a reboot (Hard disk spin down) before they take effect}}

==7Zip==

Command line utility that can pack and un-pack zip type files

*Supported Packing / unpacking Formats = 7z, XZ, BZIP2, GZIP, TAR, ZIP and WIM
*Supported Unpacking only = ARJ, CAB, CHM, CPIO, CramFS, DEB, DMG, FAT, HFS, ISO, LZH, LZMA, MBR, MSI, NSIS, NTFS, RAR, RPM, SquashFS, UDF, VHD, WIM, XAR and Z.

==Auto-Unprotect==

The Auto Unprotect package runs in the background and automatically removes the Encryption Protected flag on High Definition recordings. This is the flag which prevents the file from being decrypted in the same way a Standard Definition file. On first installation, the hard disk will be scanned for any high definition recordings and they will be unprotected. Thereafter new recordings will have the flag removed as they are completed

Auto Unprotect also makes a change to the DLNA index so that High Definition files can be streamed without DTCP

NOTE:- The removal of the ENC flag does not decrypt the file, However it does make decyption possible by the same means as a Standard Definition file, see flow chart [[Encryption |'''HERE''']]

==Auto-Update==

This package automatically keeps the installed packages up to date by checking for any new releases daily and automatically downloading and installing them, It will check once per day at the earliest power on, for most people probably the 04:30 boot

==Bash==

Bourne Again SHell is an enhanced [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sh | '''Sh (Shell)''']] Command line / scripting language [http://www.gnu.org/software/bash/manual/bashref.html '''See Reference Guide''']

==Betaftpd==

===For HDR-Fox T2===

The HDR-FOX T2 has a built-in FTP server, This default server will still be in available after the Custom Firmware is installed, However only files under ‘Media’ are visible, Betaftpd has two possible Logins, If login = humaxftp and password = 0000 is used then only ‘Media’ is visible. If login = root and password = 0000 is used then the entire file system is accessable. If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used

NOTE:- The Built-in FTP server must be turned off if Betaftpd is used with Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = OFF

===For HD-Fox T2===

Betaftpd will add an FTP server to the Humax after installation, Betaftpd has two possible Logins, If login = humaxftp and password = 0000 is used then only ‘Media’ is visible. If login = root and password = 0000 is used then the entire file system is accessable. If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used

==BootHDR==

This Function for the HD-FOX T2 only, Allows the HD-FOX T2 to run the software for the HDR-FOX T2, to allow decryption of recordings by copying to a volume, BootHDR can be installed from the Web-If packages screen (of the HD-Fox T2 only). Here is the equivalent command line (Telnet) :-

 opkg install wget 

 opkg install boothdr --force-reinstall 

==BusyBox==

Your Humax box has a ‘Unix’ operating system, Busybox is a package that provides 158 common Unix [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sh_.28SHell.29 | '''Sh (Shell)''']] commands that can be used in a Telnet sessions, The List below shows the available commands, There is no 'man' command that would explain what they do, but most commands can have a -? or -h extention to get some help e.g. ls -?, A command look up table can be found [http://busybox.net/downloads/BusyBox.html '''HERE''']

NOTE:- It is not a good idea to 'Play' with these commands if you don't know what you are doing

<div style="column-count:8;-moz-column-count:8;-webkit-column-count:8">
*[
*[[
*ar
*arp
*arping
*ash
*awk
*base64
*basename
*bunzip2
*bzcat
*bzip2
*cal
*cat
*catv
*chgrp
*chmod
*chown
*chroot
*cksum
*clear
*cmp
*comm
*cp
*cpio
*cut
*date
*dc
*dd
*df
*diff
*dirname
*dos2unix
*du
*echo
*ed
*egrep
*env
*ether-wake
*expr
*false
*fgrep
*find
*fold
*free
*ftpget
*ftpput
*fuser
*grep
*gunzip
*gzip
*hd
*head
*hexdump
*ifconfig
*insmod
*install
*iostat
*kill
*killall
*killall5
*last
*less
*ln
*logname
*ls
*lsmod
*lsusb
*lzcat
*lzma
*md5sum
*mkdir
*mkfifo
*mknod
*mktemp
*modinfo
*modprobe
*more
*mpstat
*mv
*nc
*netstat
*nice
*nmeter
*nohup
*nslookup
*od
*patch
*pgrep
*ping
*pkill
*pmap
*printenv
*printf
*ps
*pstree
*pwd
*pwdx
*readlink
*realpath
*renice
*rm
*rmdir
*rmmod
*route
*rpm
*sed
*sendmail
*seq
*sh
*sha1sum
*sha256sum
*sha512sum
*sleep
*sort
*split
*stat
*strings
*stty
*sum
*sync
*sysctl
*tail
*tar
*tee
*telnet
*test
*tftp
*time
*top
*touch
*tr
*traceroute
*true
*tty
*uname
*uniq
*unix2dos
*unlzma
*unxz
*unzip
*uptime
*usleep
*uudecode
*uuencode
*vi
*watch
*wc
*wget
*which
*who
*whoami
*xargs
*xz
*xzcat
*yes
*zcat
</div>

==CIFS==

The Common Internet File System. The cifs package provides the Humax with the ability to remotely access files shared from PCs using Windows file sharing. This package adds the support to the running system but mounting remote filesystems must currently be performed from the command line, Example :-

 mkdir /media/NAS 

 mkdir "/media/My Video/NAS" 

 mount -t cifs //server/share /media/NAS -o user=abc,password=def 

 mount -t cifs "//server/share /media/My Video/NAS" -o user=abc,password=def 

==Cron==

Cron is a time-based job scheduler that will auto-run tasks for you, It is built into Busybox which is a standard utility on your Humax, so cron does not need to be installed, the tasks are held in a cron table or crontab, here is an example crontab :-

<pre>
humax# cd /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/
humax# cat root
0 2 * * * /mod/sbin/anacron -s -d
1,31 * * * * /mod/sbin/unencrypt "/mnt/hd2/My Video/archive" > /mod/tmp/unencrypt.log 2>&1
*/10 * * * * /mod/sbin/rs_process >> /mod/tmp/rs.log 2>&1
humax#

</pre>

Each line of crontab has the following structure:

<Minute> <Hour> <Day> <Month> <Day of Week> <Command line> Note :- * = All or Every

The three examples above will run
#at 2AM every day
#at 1 Minute and 31 Minutes of every Hour every day
#every 10 Minutes continuously

It is possible to display all cron jobs with the following command line:-

 crontab -l 

To add a new cron job edit file /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/root and add a new line

==Curl Command==

curl command line utility

==Custom TV Portal==

An extension to the Humax TV Portal thats add some more apps

Full Guide[[Custom_TV_Portal | '''HERE''']]

==Dedup (Command Line)==

The dedup package adds a command line utility which can consolidate recordings within a single folder so that duplicates are removed and the remaining episodes are renamed so that the episode name and number (if available) are displayed in the Media Browser

Note:- There is a 'built-in' version of Dedup in the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Web_IF | '''Web-If ''']] that effectivly replaces the command line package, However if the dedup package is installed it is possible to perform the following Telnet commands from the folder you have navigated to:-

 dedup HIDE lists the recordings there and shows what they would be renamed to

 dedup -yes HIDE perform the changes as detailed below :-

*Renames the files on disk to match the episode name
*Changes the title shown in the media list to match the episode name
*Identifies duplicate episodes and moves them to a sub-folder called dup/

==Disable DSO==

Disable automatic retuning in response to Digital-Switch-Over events

==Disable OTA==

This feature inhibits any Over The Air Software updates that may be transmitted by Humax

==Dropbear SSH==

A secure shell (ssh) server for the Humax. This package provides remote command line access over an encrypted session and is a secure alternative to using telnet
to gain command line access - although it causes the box to do more work. Also allows the use of ''scp'' (secure copy) as a secure alternative to FTP.

Login with username=root, password=humax

==Edit On Box (Nicesplice)==

Full Guide for Nicesplice [[Edit_On_Box | '''HERE''']]

==EPG (Command Line)==

EPG information can be obtained from a Telnet Command line e.g.

 epg 

<pre>

humax# epg
Humax EPG Tool v1.0.8, by af123, 2011.

Syntax: epg [options] [filters] <command>...

Options:
-b Brief output.
-d[level] Set debug level.
-f<file> Specify alternate EPG data file.
-h Show help text.
-p Parsable output.

Filters: (can be specified multiple times, all must be true)
-C<CRID> Show only events with this CRID.
-D<descriptor type> Show only selected descriptor type.
-E<event id> Show only selected event.
-R<SCRID> Show only events with this Series ID.
-S<service id> Show only selected service.
-T<content type> Show only selected content types.
-@<unix timestamp> Show only programmes at time.
-/<unix timestamp> Show only programmes on day.
-/<days> Show only programmes on day.
-=<start>:<end> Show only programmes in time period.

Commands:
dump Show a parsed summary of the EPG.
dumpraw Show raw data from the EPG.
sqldump Produce SQL statements from EPG data.
sqlitedump <file> Create SQLite database from EPG data.
now Show what is currently on.
first Show the time of the earliest record.
last Show the time of the latest record.
parse Parse the EPG, no output.
search <text> Search programme names for text.
searchall <text> Search programme names/descriptions for text.
</pre>

==Epg Keywords (Web-If)==

This package was a web interface plugin which allowed a list of keywords to be configured and when found an email was sent Weekly to a specified email address detailing any programmes in the EPG which matched the keywords

NOTE:- The EPG Keywords functionallity has now been moved to [[Remote_Scheduling_Auto | '''Remote Scheduling Auto''']]

Initial Setup :-
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> Email address >> myname@talktalk.co.uk
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> SMTP >> smtp.talktalk.co.uk
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> SEND TEST EMAIL

==Ffmpeg==

FFmpeg will record, convert and stream audio and video, It includes libavcodec - the leading audio/video codec library, It also displays information about video and audio files. See Link [http://ffmpeg.org/ffmpeg.html '''HERE''']

==Flatten==

This feature changes how recorded programs are displayed on screen in the 'Media - My Video' menu, Series of programs are normally grouped into a sub-folder, Flatten will move the contents of sub-folders to the main 'Top' folder and remove empty sub-folders, After installing flatten the Web-If will have an option under OPT+ which lets you toggle directories between flatten and no-flatten

'''NOTE''' :- All directories will default to have flatten turned on unless they are changed

'''Exceptions'''

* Folders marked as no flatten using the OPT+ option will not be flattened
* Folders who's names are bounded by square brackets e.g. [NOT THIS ONE] will not be flattened
* Folders containing a file called .noflatten will not be flattened (Note:- Create this file Via Telnet)

==Flexget==

FlexGet is a multipurpose automation tool for content like torrents, nzbs, podcasts, comics, series, movies, etc.It can use different kinds of sources like RSS-feeds, html pages, csv files,search engines and there are even plugins for sites that do not provide any kind of useful feeds.

A Typical Cron entry for Flexget would be :-

 */1 * * * * /mod/bin/flexget -c /mod/.flexget/config.yml --cron 

* Flexget Documentation [http://flexget.com '''HERE''']

==Forcedate==

This utility forces the date on your Humax to 16 November 2011 12:34:56. It is require if the Humax can't get Time / Date info Over The Air. After using Forcedate it is possible to set time / date to internet time automatically on boot-up using [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Ntp_Client | '''NTP Client''']]

==Foscam==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Foscam | '''HERE''']]

==FTP==

File Transfer Protocol is a method of transferring files to and from your Humax, The Humax HDR-Fox T2 has a built-in FTP for access to the media folders only. See the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Betaftpd |'''Betaftpd package''' ]] for access to the full Humax file structure or to add an FTP server to the HD-Fox T2. To use FTP on a P.C. a program that handles FTP is required, Internet Explorer and Windows (file) Explorer will allow FTP access by entering ftp://10.0.0.200 into the address bar, Although access may be restricted to media folders only, even when using the Betaftpd package, If access to the whole file structure is required programs like Filezilla or WS_FTP_Pro can be used.

Notes :-
* To use the Built-In Humax FTP server MENU >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = ON
* When using Betaftpd MENU >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = OFF
*10.0.0.200 needs to be replaced with your own Humax IP address
*login = humaxftp
*password = 0000 (your Remote Pin default). If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used

==Grep==

Grep is built into Busybox and is used to search through a file or files looking for specified blocks of text, The output can be displayed on-screen or sent to a new file. [http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?egrep Syntax Here]

Associated utilities = Egrep, Fgrep

<pre>
humax# cat original-file.txt

-H Add 'filename:' prefix
-h Do not add 'filename:' prefix
-n Add 'line_no:' prefix
-l Show only names of files that match
-L Show only names of files that don't match
-c Show only count of matching lines
-o Show only the matching part of line
-q Quiet. Return 0 if PATTERN is found, 1 otherwise
-v Select non-matching lines
-s Suppress open and read errors
-r Recurse
-i Ignore case
-w Match whole words only
-F PATTERN is a literal (not regexp)
-E PATTERN is an extended regexp
-m N Match up to N times per file
-A N Print N lines of trailing context
-B N Print N lines of leading context
-C N Same as '-A N -B N'
-e PTRN Pattern to match
-f FILE Read pattern from file

humax# grep match original-file.txt
-l Show only names of files that match
-L Show only names of files that don't match
-c Show only count of matching lines
-o Show only the matching part of line
-v Select non-matching lines
-e PTRN Pattern to match
humax#
</pre>

==HMT==

This package displays information on the humax *.hmt file, A small 'sidecar' file created alogside the main *.ts video file

From a Telnet Session, Navigate to a directory containing an *.hmt file, Then enter hmt {filename}

 hmt KAISER_CHIEFS_DD5_1_20110410_0147.hmt 

<pre>
humax# hmt KAISER_CHIEFS_DD5_1_20110410_0147.hmt
Format:HD
Title:KAISER CHIEFS DD5.1
Channel:4096 (BBC HD)
Folder:/mnt/hd2/My Video/MY-ARCHIVE/
Filename:KAISER CHIEFS DD5_1_20110410_0147
Genre:Entertainment
EPG:Performance from the Kaiser Chiefs from the Later... with Jools Holland archives.
They play I Predict a Riot, the party and festival anthem of 2005.

Flags: HD,Unlimited Copies,
Copy count:0

Scheduled start:1302396300 (Sun Apr 10 00:45:00 2011)
Scheduled duration:300
Recording start:1302396449 (Sun Apr 10 00:47:29 2011)
Recording end:1302396706 (Sun Apr 10 00:51:46 2011)
Play resumes at: 15 seconds in.

Service ID (SID):17472
Transport Stream ID (TSID):16516
Originating Network ID (ONID):9018
Programme Map Table PID (PMTPID):100
Video PID:101
Audio PID:102
Bookmarks:0 =
</pre>

==Humidify==

A utility for manipulating Humax Download Format (HDF) files

==Inadyn==
A Dynamic DNS client with web configuration plugin (see webif settings page), The log file is blanked whenever the box set to standby and a new one created when switched from standby

==I-Phone Interface==

An iphone optimised web interface for the Humax

Screen Shots [[Smartphone_Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''HERE''']]

==lsof==

This unix command stands for LiSt of Open Files,With no extentions it will default to 'All' open files, But it is probably more useful when used with a filter as shown in the examples :-

 lsof | grep humaxtv HIDE All files opened by the main Humax TV process

 lsof | cut -f 1 -d' ' | sort | uniq HIDE List all processes that have opened files

 lsof | grep epg HIDE All files opened by the EPG process

<pre>humax# lsof | grep epg
epg 596 root cwd 0000 31,0 1307722938 21474853357 /dev
epg 596 root rtd 0000 31,0 1321652395 77309428205 /
epg 596 root txt 0000 8,18 1322689164 4295000557 /mnt/hd2/mod/bin/epg
epg 596 root mem REG 8,18 9226050 /mnt/hd2/mod/bin/epg (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 174 /lib/ld-uClibc-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 8,18 9225846 /mnt/hd2/mod/lib/libsqlite3.so.0.8.6 (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 169 /lib/libuClibc-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 216 /lib/libpthread-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 186 /lib/libdl-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root 0 0000 31,0 1307722935 4294975926 /dev/null
epg 596 root 1 0000 0,13 1322848876 4295000502 /tmp/epgd.log
epg 596 root 2 0000 0,13 1322848858 4295000502 /tmp/modinit.log
</pre>

==Jim==

Jim is a form of the programming language TCL (Tool Command Language), That runs on the Humax unix platform

==Jpnevulator==

Serial Port Sniffer

==Joe==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==Mediatomb==
A UPnP MediaServer, This package allows the HD T2 to stream content to other devices on your network, as the HD T2 does not have this facility built-in

==Mongoose==

Mongoose is the Webserver that the Custom Firmware Package uses to present the Web pages you see when you log into the Web Interface, [[Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''SEE EXAMPLES''']]

==Multienv==

Helper utility for modifying the settop environment, Used by other packages.

==Mvdisks==

Mounts external drives (connected via USB) under "My Video" to allow export by the DLNA server (HDR only)

==Network Shares Automount==

Automatic mounting of remote nfs or smb directories, with configuration on the box, using special "settings" directorys to add and configure shares. Remote host(s) are "pinged" regularly, and shares are mounting / unmounting automatically with host availability

Folders on a computer or NAS box can be shared with other devices on the same network. On the humax box with custom firmware we can add support for two protocols - smb (used by Windows, pre-Lion OsX, linux running Samba), and nfs (Linux, OsX, common with NAS boxes). smb support is provided by the cifs package. We can "mount" the remote shared folder(s) so they appear as if they were part of the local file system on the Humax

This packages uses directory names in the "*Modsettings/smb" and/or "*Modsettings/nfs" folders to configure as many shares as you like. For example to set up a new smb share, use the opt+ button to create a new directory within the smb folder. Name it what you want the mount to be called (eg "MyPc") Wait about 10 seconds, and navigate into the new folder. The script should have created a load of template "configuration directories" for you to rename (host IP address, foldername, user, password etc). Note that the "_" symbol is used instead of "." in IP names and "/" in folder names as these can't be input (or if they can I think the box changes them to a "_")

Once configured, the script will regularly ping the host computer to see if it is available. If it is then the shared folder will be mounted and should be browsable. If the host goes offline, the folder will be unmounted, preventing the box from locking up.

Wake up On LAN (WOL) is also available to automatically power up compatible (newer) NAS boxes, The user must supply the MAC address of the NAS box and set WakeUp=on

==Nano==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==NTFS 3g==

Read/write NTFS disk access. Out of the box the Humax can read NTFS formatted drives but this package upgrades that support to full read/write access

==Ntp Client==

Network Time Protocol sets the Humax clock from an Internet time server on each boot. Useful if you do not have an aerial connection. Note :- This utility may also need [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Forcedate | '''Forcedate''']] to be loaded, In order to get the date near the current as NTP won't change a time / Date that is too far out

==OPKG==

Open PacKaGe Management is the tool used to handle Custom Firmware packages, Here Are some examples :-

opkgHID= list all opkg commands

opkg install http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/auto-unprotect_1.0.6_mipsel.opk HID= Install a remote package

opkg listHID= list of available packages

opkg list-installedHID= list of installed packages

opkg remove auto-unprotectHID= uninstall a package Note: No version numbers

==Portal Foscam==

See [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Foscam | '''GUIDE''']]

==Portal Xtra1==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Xtra1 | '''HERE''']]

==Poweron-Channel==

This Utility forces the Humax to always power up on a selected TV channel regardless of the last channel viewed on power down, It is also possible to select a power on volume that overrides the power down volume

==Procps==

procps is the package that has a bunch of small useful utilities that give information about processes using the /proc filesystem. The package includes the programs ps, top, vmstat, w, kill, free, slabtop, and skill.Version 3 includes NPTL thread support, a rewritten top, many bug fixes, performance improvements, and new features. Link [http://procps.sourceforge.net/ '''HERE''']

==Prog Backup==

Utility for backing up recordings and sidecar files to locally attached drives, A search of attatched drives will be made so that the user can choose. Both Hi-Def and Standard definition recordings will be de-crypted so they can be played on a P.C. or copied back to a different Humax. Command line examples Below :-

 progbackup HIDE Backup everthing under My Video

 progbackup "/mnt/hd2/My Video/BOB's Films/" HIDE Backup files in a specified folder

'''NOTE:-''' Make sure to use the quotation marks around the directory name.

==Redring==

Causes the Humax to display a Red LED ring when recording in standby, plus various other front panel options detailed in the table below. The new settings are configurable using the Web-If >> Settings >> Redring Settings

{| border="1"
! Humax Status
! Humax Default
! With Redring
! Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Standby LED Not Recording
! 11% Amber
! 11% Amber
! N/A
|-
! align="left" |Standby LED Waiting to Record (Half-Awake)
! 11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Blue & Set Brightness(1)
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Blue On / Off & 10% to 99% Brightness(1)
|-
! align="left" |Standby LED Recording X1
! 11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Red & Set Brightness(2)
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | 10% to 99% Brightness(2)
|-
! align="left" |Standby LED Recording X2
! 11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Purple
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Purple On / Off & Brightness(2)
|-
! align="left" |Awake LED Not Recording
! 99% Blue
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Blue
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Brightness(3)
|-
! align="left" |Awake LED Waiting to Record
! 99% Blue
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Blue
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Brightness(3)
|-
! align="left" |Awake LED Recording X1
! 99% Red
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Red
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Brightness(3)
|-
! align="left" |Awake LED Recording X2
! 99% Red
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Purple
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Purple On / Off & Brightness(3)
|-
! align="left" |Disable Display Scrolling
! Scrolling On
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Scrolling Off
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Show Clock When Running
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Clock
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Show Elapsed Time On Playback
! At end of scrolling display.
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Elapsed Time
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Turn off LED ring in standby
! 11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | <1% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Set Awake LED brightness
! 100% brightness
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Set Brightness(3)
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off & 0% to 99% Brightness(3)
|-
! align="left" |Set Awake Display brightness
! 100% > 50% after 3 Mins.
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Set Brightness(4)
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off & 0% to 99% Brightness(4)
|-
! align="left" |Set Standby Display brightness
! 11%
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Set Brightness(5)
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off & 0% to 99% Brightness(5)
|-
! align="left" |Redring Debug
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Debug
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|}

 HIDE ** = Change from Humax default

==Remote Scheduling (RS)==

Remote Scheduling Service. Links your device to the remote scheduling portal so you can manage your scheduled recordings list from anywhere with an Internet connection and web browser

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling | '''HERE''']]

==Remote Scheduling Auto==

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling_Auto | '''HERE''']]

==Rsvsync==

Boot-time reservation sync service

==Rsync==

A fast, versatile, remote (and local) file-copying tool, example :-

 rsync -avr --progress --delete --exclude 'Tsr/' mnt/hd2/ root@synology ip::NetBackup 

==Samba==

Windows compatible file sharing. Allows access to the Humax filesystem from a computer on the same network. The file system is shared using Windows compatible sharing so can be access from Windows, MacOSX and most other operating systems

==Sed==

GNU Stream Editor, A stream editor is used to perform basic text transformations on an input stream, application notes [http://www.gnu.org/software/sed/manual/sed.html '''HERE''']

==Series Filer==

This utility will re-locate series folders created at the top level of My Video to Selected Sub-Directories so that they can be grouped together. After a New series folder has been created by the Humax at the top level, Simply move this series folder to a Sub-directory that you have created e.g. move the Doctor Who series folder to a sub-folder called ‘His Video’. When the next instalment of Doctor Who is transmitted the Humax will create another Doctor Who folder at the top level again, However, If Series Files is running the new instalment will be moved to the ‘His Video / Doctor Who’ automatically. Program names will also be re-named (if possible) to give more detail of each episode

==Service Control==

A command line utility allowing easy control of installed services. Run the 'service' command from the command line for help.

From a Telnet command line prompt send the following :-

 service 
<pre>
humax# service

Name Installed Autostart Running
---- --------- --------- -------
mediatomb No No No
dropbear No No No
transmission No No No
samba No No No
cifs No No No
mongoose Yes Yes Yes

Syntax:
service start <service>
service stop <service>
service auto <service> (toggles autostart) </pre>

==Sh (SHell)==

Sh or Shell is a command line / scripting language built into Busybox that is roughly equivalent to the Windows DOS (Disk Operating System) utility. It is however a lot more powerful than DOS and is a true language

==Smartmontools==

This utility will report on the condition of the S.M.A.R.T. hard disk drive, After installing the package enter the following command line using Telnet :-

 mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -A 

or

 mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -a HIDE for more details

Documentation [http://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/smartmontools/wiki/TocDoc'''HERE''']
<pre>

humax# /mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -A
smartctl 5.41 2011-06-09 r3365 [7405b0-smp-linux-2.6.18-7.1] (local build)
Copyright (C) 2002-11 by Bruce Allen, http://smartmontools.sourceforge.net

=== START OF READ SMART DATA SECTION ===
SMART Attributes Data Structure revision number: 10
Vendor Specific SMART Attributes with Thresholds:
ID# ATTRIBUTE_NAME FLAG VALUE WORST THRESH TYPE UPDATED WHEN_FAILED RAW_VALUE
1 Raw_Read_Error_Rate 0x000f 114 099 006 Pre-fail Always - 66811863
3 Spin_Up_Time 0x0003 097 097 000 Pre-fail Always - 0
4 Start_Stop_Count 0x0032 098 098 020 Old_age Always - 2878
5 Reallocated_Sector_Ct 0x0033 100 100 036 Pre-fail Always - 0
7 Seek_Error_Rate 0x000f 078 060 030 Pre-fail Always - 70502101
9 Power_On_Hours 0x0032 097 097 000 Old_age Always - 3294
10 Spin_Retry_Count 0x0013 100 100 097 Pre-fail Always - 0
12 Power_Cycle_Count 0x0032 099 099 020 Old_age Always - 1439
184 End-to-End_Error 0x0032 100 100 099 Old_age Always - 0
187 Reported_Uncorrect 0x0032 097 097 000 Old_age Always - 3
188 Command_Timeout 0x0032 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0
189 High_Fly_Writes 0x003a 093 093 000 Old_age Always - 7
190 Airflow_Temperature_Cel 0x0022 055 044 045 Old_age Always In_the_past 45 (0 109 45 32)
194 Temperature_Celsius 0x0022 045 056 000 Old_age Always - 45 (0 13 0 0)
195 Hardware_ECC_Recovered 0x001a 048 039 000 Old_age Always - 66811863
197 Current_Pending_Sector 0x0012 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0
198 Offline_Uncorrectable 0x0010 100 100 000 Old_age Offline - 0
199 UDMA_CRC_Error_Count 0x003e 200 200 000 Old_age Always - 0
</pre>

NOTE:- If an external Hard disk Drive is found on boot up the Internal Hard disk will be /dev/sdb, If no External Hard Disk drive is found at boot up the the internal Hard disk will be /dev/sda

==SQLite==

SQlite is a database file handler, e.g. files that typically end in *.db can be opened, edited etc.

==SSMTP==

SSMTP is a program to deliver an E-mail from your Humax to a mailhost or mailhub, It will not handle incomming E-Mail

==Sysmon==

A System Monitoring Utility, the Web-If main page has a System Monitoring icon, selecting this icon displays a graph showing the temperature of the hard disk (the hottest item in the Humax HDR unit) over the last 1 hour period

==Telnet==

Telnet is built into the default Custom Firmware package, To communicate Via Telnet from a P.C. you will need a program such as [http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html '''PuTTY'''], Select connection type Telnet and enter the IP address of your Humax into the Host Name box, Then select OPEN, You will be presented with a new Telnet Window and if connection is successful you will see the humax# prompt.

It is also possible to use Telnet supplied in some versions Microsoft Windows e.g. Start >> Run >> CMD >> Telnet

Telnet is available in Windows XP, However Vista and Windows 7 will require Telnet to be enabled with Control Panel >> Programs and Features >> Turn Windows Features On / Off >> 'Tick' Telnet

Follow [[Telnet |'''THIS LINK''']] for more details on the various ways of obtaining a Telnet connection

Here is an example of Windows XP Telnet for ls -al 

<pre>
C:\> telnet

Welcome to Microsoft Telnet Client
Escape Character is 'CTRL + ]'

open 10.0.0.200

humax# ls -al
total 17
drwxr-xr-x 18 root root 192 Jan 10 09:10 .
drwxr-xr-x 18 root root 192 Jan 10 09:10 ..
drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 474 Jan 10 09:10 bin
drwxr-xr-x 5 root root 2140 Jun 10 2011 dev
drwxr-xr-x 9 root root 378 Jan 10 09:10 etc
drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 23 Jun 10 2011 home
drwxr-xr-x 4 root root 668 Jun 10 2011 lib
drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 120 Jan 1 2000 media
drwxr-xr-x 7 root root 84 May 13 2011 mnt
lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 11 Jan 10 09:10 mod -> mnt/hd2/mod
drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 22 Jun 10 2011 opt
dr-xr-xr-x 57 root root 0 Jan 1 2000 proc
drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 3 Jun 10 2011 root
drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 396 Jan 10 09:10 sbin
drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 23 Jun 10 2011 share
drwxr-xr-x 10 root root 0 Jan 1 2000 sys
drwxrwxrwt 2 root root 280 Apr 13 16:31 tmp
drwxr-xr-x 9 root root 87 Aug 31 2011 usr
drwxr-xr-x 4 root root 88 Jan 10 09:10 var
humax#

to exit from humax# enter Ctrl + d

Microsoft Telnet >

to exit from Telnet enter q

C:\>

To exit windows command line enter exit
</pre>

NOTES
*Telnet command lines on this WiKi are identified by a Yellow Background 
*[Putty] Telnet >> Connection >> Telnet >> return Key sends Telnet New Line instead of ^M should be 'un-Ticked'
*[Windows] Telnet >> unset crlf

==Text Editors==

There is a built-in GUI Text editor in the Web-If (details [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#File Editor |'''HERE''']]). In addition to this editor, There is a basic version of [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vi |'''Vi''']] built into the custom [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#BusyBox |'''Busybox''']] package (not in the Busybox version included in the vendor's firmware). There are also several packages that can be installed to suit your editing preferences e.g. [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vim_Basic |'''Vim Basic''']], [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vim_Standard | '''Vim Standard''']], [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Joe | '''Joe''']] and [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Nano | '''Nano''']]

==Transmission (Bit Torrent)==

The Transmission program will download files from the internet using the a torrent protocol, Downloads using this system are usually fed from multiple sites at the same time in parallel, Because of this many URL’s may be used in the download process, These URLs are packaged together into a single *.torrent file, Transmission re-constructs fragments of the file/s from these various URLs into their original format.

Transmission needs to be supplied with the *.Torrent file, it does not have a Torrent file search facility, one possible torrent source is torrentz.eu, download your selected *.Torrent file to the P.C. you run the Web-iF from

For command line access enter :-

 transmission-remote 

'''Blocklist Notes'''

The block list utility does not currently work as it should e.g. Settings (Bottom Left) >> preferences >> Peers should allow an IP to be entered and then 'Updated', This should read a txt, gz, zip file to opened from a remote site that holds details of URLs that transmission is not allowed to contact during the download process. This can increase security by avoiding know virus sites etc.

Because the ‘Update’ does not work it is necessary to obtain the block file (e.g. from http://www.iblocklist.com/lists.php) and place them in the /mod/etc/transmission/blocklists folder, these files must be smaller than 5Mbs, They will be processed by the Transmission program when first run and *.bin files will be created in the same folder, if the files are successfully processed an indication of the number of ‘Blocked’ URL will be displayed e.g. Block List Has 598940 Rules

*Go into service control and start Transmission
*Set it to auto start if you want it to come on whenever the box is on
*Go to the Web-If main menu and click the transmission icon at the bottom left
*Select 'Open' (the folder at the top left)
*Select browse in the window and highlight the prviously downloaded *.torrent file
*When highlighted select 'Open'
*Select 'Upload'
*If the 'Start when added' box is checked the download will start immediately
* A new directory will be created at /media/ My Video/torrent/ containing successful downloads

==trm==

trm is a version of the Unix rm command (ReMove), This version removes files in blocks using Truncate (hence Truncate ReMove) rather than all at once, In order to reduce demand on system resources

==TTYSnoop==

TTYSnoop allows you to snoop on login tty's through another tty-device or pseudo-tty. The snoop-tty becomes a 'clone' of the original tty, redirecting both input and output from/to it.

==Uinput==

User-space input kernel module

==Unencrypt==

This function will unencrypt all files in a designated directory (or all files in My Video) automatically, Files are de-crypted at the same location e.g. 'decrypt in place' and are processed at the rate of one file every 30 Mins. max. so don't expect instant results

To setup Unencrypt install the package and then via [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Telnet|'''Telnet''']] enter one of the lines below :-

 unencryptsetup "Bob's Videos" HIDE process a single directory

 unencryptsetup HIDE process all files in 'My Video'

 unencryptsetup disable HIDE Turn off unencrypt

This will update the cron table and schedule the program to run every 30 minutes (at Mins 01 and 31) indefinitely. Every time it runs, it will check that there isn't already another job running and then decrypt the first encrypted file that it finds in the directory you specified, therefore gradually working its way through your files, If you don't specify a directory, it will default to decrypting all of your recordings.

NOTES:-
* '''Due to CPU overloading this feature only works between 1AM and 6AM the Humax must be out of standby during this time using an Auto On / Auto off timer''' 

*Auto-Unprotect must be running
*Content sharing must = on e.g. Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings

See Decryption flow chart [[Encryption | '''HERE''']]

==Undelete==

Redirects deleted recordings to a dustbin folder called [Deleted Items] and then automatically removes them from this new folder 7 days later, The Folder Name and delay before deletion is carried out (1 to 30 days) is configurable in the Web-If Setting area. It's a batch process which runs once per day. It runs 6 minutes after the first boot of the day or, if you keep your box on all the time, at 2am.
It scans the bin and removes anything that was put there over x * 24 hours ago, Where x = no. of days (strictly, anything that was last modified over x * 24 hours ago)

==Vi==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]. A basic version of Vi is built into the custom Busybox package (it's not included in the version of Busybox in the vendor's firmware).

==Vim Basic==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==Vim Standard==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==Virtual-Disk==

One way to decrypt content which has been recorded by the Humax is to copy to an external disk, This is usually a slow process as the
external disk must be connected via one of the USB ports. This package creates a virtual disk on the system to which content can
be copied. It is much faster since it is based on the internal hard disk. The virtual disk is shared by the MediaTomb package by default, giving a
fairly straightforward method of sharing recorded content on the network. In conjunction with the 'auto-unprotect' package, high definition content can also be shared

Note:- The copy to Virtual Disk MUST be by Remote Control OPT+ copy for decryption to take place

==Web IF ==

[[Web_Interface_Screenshots |'''Screen Shots''']] HIDE [[Webif_release_notes |'''Release Notes''']]

An evolving web interface for the Humax. This package provides a means of accessing the Humax using a web browser on any device connected to the
network (including mobile 'phones and iPads). The interface allows easy viewing of recorded programme details as well as allowing basic
manipulation to be performed. Additionally the EPG can be viewed and searched from within the web browser

Within the Web-IF are the following Built-In Functions :-

===Clipboard===

Used in conjunction with Copy, Cut and Paste, The clipboard is an area that files can be temporarily held in while a new folder is selected. It emulates a Windows Clipboard

===Copy===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

===Crop===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Crop

See Edit on Box link [[Edit_On_Box#Editing_Via_Web-If |'''HERE''']]

===Cut===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

===Decrypt===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Decrypt

This Function will move the file to an _original folder and then stream a new copy to the present location, The new copy will be Decrypted and can be played on a P.C.. NOTE both High Definition AND Standard definition need to be Decrypted

===De-duplicate / Tidy this folder===
[[File:Webif-media-ded.png|70px|thumb|right]]
[[File:Webif-media-ded2.png|70px|thumb|right]]

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> De-duplicate / Tidy this folder

This Function will search a folder and re-name files with more meaningful titles, It will also seperate duplicates into a new folder

See Tidy (Re-name) Example >>

This Function will search a folder and re-name files with more meaningful titles

It will Also seperate duplicates into a new folder

See De Duplicate (to new folder) Example >>

===Download===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Download

This function will download with decrytion an SD file (or Hi-Def File if the 'ENC' flag is removed) and place it into the default download folder on your P.C., The following items may inhibit it functioning correctly :-

# The File type *.TS must not be assosiated with a program such as a media player on your P.C., If it is, Remove the association
# Your brouser must allow re-direction of addresses

===Extract Audio===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Extract Audio

This function will produce an MP3 file containing the stereo audio track contained in a standard Def. Video file (or radio recording), The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be de-crypted (Dispays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Standard Def. recording only (Hi-Def 2 Ch or 6 Ch sound won't be decoded)

===Extract To MPG===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Extract To MPG

This function will produce an MPG copy of the *.TS file in the same folder.The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be de-crypted (Dispays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Standard Def. recording only

===File Editor===

Web-If MAIN >> Diagnostics >> File Editor >> Open >> [Navigate to deisired file]

===Paste===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

[[File:Webif-media-detail.png|100px|thumb|right]]

===Play===

This function provides an in-browser playback function for the Humax, It requires that you have the VLC plugin installed for your browser

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Click on Single File) >> Play

===Save Last Streamed Content===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> Save Last Streamed Content

This Function will make a permanent MP4 copy of any content that has been viewed using the Humax TV portal e.g. I-Player / You Tube and place it into the 'My Video' folder. The Telnet equivalent Syntax is as follows :-

cp /mnt/hd3/Streamer_down_file "/media/My Video/theclip.mp4" 

NOTE:- The Portal screen must remain open until the entire file has been downloaded (It is not performed in the background), The amount of time the download takes will vary with broadband speed

===Split===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Split (45m parts)

This Function (only available on files over 4GB) will split the file into 45 Minute parts with a 2 Minute overlap, It can be used to stream large files without hitting the 4GB stream bug present on the Humax.

The New files will have segment numbering e.g. 1/3. E.T. The Extra-Terrestrial

==Web-IF Channel Icons==

A set of PNG picture files used to display the T.V. channel icons in the Web-Interface, they reside in /mod/var/mongoose/html/img/channels

==Webif-charts==

Chart modules for the web interface

==Webif-iphone==

A cut-down web interface, optimised for display on the iPhone and other mobile devices

See Screenshots [[Smartphone_Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''HERE''']]

==wget==

Retrieve files via HTTP or FTP

Note:- There is already a version of wget in Busybox which is loaded automatically, However it may be necessary to install the stand alone package as it will be a newer version

==Xtra1 Portal==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Xtra1 | '''HERE''']]

Custom Firmware Package Notes

2012-05-13T17:15:14Z

Adsb: Need the custom Busybox package for vi

'''BREIF NOTES FOR CUSTOM FIRMWARE PACKAGES'''
{{Note|Some Functions of the Web Interface are 'Built-In' and do not require an additional package to be installed, These Features are covered in the Web If section of this page

Some packages require a reboot (Hard disk spin down) before they take effect}}

==7Zip==

Command line utility that can pack and un-pack zip type files

*Supported Packing / unpacking Formats = 7z, XZ, BZIP2, GZIP, TAR, ZIP and WIM
*Supported Unpacking only = ARJ, CAB, CHM, CPIO, CramFS, DEB, DMG, FAT, HFS, ISO, LZH, LZMA, MBR, MSI, NSIS, NTFS, RAR, RPM, SquashFS, UDF, VHD, WIM, XAR and Z.

==Auto-Unprotect==

The Auto Unprotect package runs in the background and automatically removes the Encryption Protected flag on High Definition recordings. This is the flag which prevents the file from being decrypted in the same way a Standard Definition file. On first installation, the hard disk will be scanned for any high definition recordings and they will be unprotected. Thereafter new recordings will have the flag removed as they are completed

Auto Unprotect also makes a change to the DLNA index so that High Definition files can be streamed without DTCP

NOTE:- The removal of the ENC flag does not decrypt the file, However it does make decyption possible by the same means as a Standard Definition file, see flow chart [[Encryption |'''HERE''']]

==Auto-Update==

This package automatically keeps the installed packages up to date by checking for any new releases daily and automatically downloading and installing them, It will check once per day at the earliest power on, for most people probably the 04:30 boot

==Bash==

Bourne Again SHell is an enhanced [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sh | '''Sh (Shell)''']] Command line / scripting language [http://www.gnu.org/software/bash/manual/bashref.html '''See Reference Guide''']

==Betaftpd==

===For HDR-Fox T2===

The HDR-FOX T2 has a built-in FTP server, This default server will still be in available after the Custom Firmware is installed, However only files under ‘Media’ are visible, Betaftpd has two possible Logins, If login = humaxftp and password = 0000 is used then only ‘Media’ is visible. If login = root and password = 0000 is used then the entire file system is accessable. If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used

NOTE:- The Built-in FTP server must be turned off if Betaftpd is used with Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = OFF

===For HD-Fox T2===

Betaftpd will add an FTP server to the Humax after installation, Betaftpd has two possible Logins, If login = humaxftp and password = 0000 is used then only ‘Media’ is visible. If login = root and password = 0000 is used then the entire file system is accessable. If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used

==BootHDR==

This Function for the HD-FOX T2 only, Allows the HD-FOX T2 to run the software for the HDR-FOX T2, to allow decryption of recordings by copying to a volume, BootHDR can be installed from the Web-If packages screen (of the HD-Fox T2 only). Here is the equivalent command line (Telnet) :-

 opkg install wget 

 opkg install boothdr --force-reinstall 

==BusyBox==

Your Humax box has a ‘Unix’ operating system, Busybox is a package that provides 158 common Unix [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sh_.28SHell.29 | '''Sh (Shell)''']] commands that can be used in a Telnet sessions, The List below shows the available commands, There is no 'man' command that would explain what they do, but most commands can have a -? or -h extention to get some help e.g. ls -?, A command look up table can be found [http://busybox.net/downloads/BusyBox.html '''HERE''']

NOTE:- It is not a good idea to 'Play' with these commands if you don't know what you are doing

<div style="column-count:8;-moz-column-count:8;-webkit-column-count:8">
*[
*[[
*ar
*arp
*arping
*ash
*awk
*base64
*basename
*bunzip2
*bzcat
*bzip2
*cal
*cat
*catv
*chgrp
*chmod
*chown
*chroot
*cksum
*clear
*cmp
*comm
*cp
*cpio
*cut
*date
*dc
*dd
*df
*diff
*dirname
*dos2unix
*du
*echo
*ed
*egrep
*env
*ether-wake
*expr
*false
*fgrep
*find
*fold
*free
*ftpget
*ftpput
*fuser
*grep
*gunzip
*gzip
*hd
*head
*hexdump
*ifconfig
*insmod
*install
*iostat
*kill
*killall
*killall5
*last
*less
*ln
*logname
*ls
*lsmod
*lsusb
*lzcat
*lzma
*md5sum
*mkdir
*mkfifo
*mknod
*mktemp
*modinfo
*modprobe
*more
*mpstat
*mv
*nc
*netstat
*nice
*nmeter
*nohup
*nslookup
*od
*patch
*pgrep
*ping
*pkill
*pmap
*printenv
*printf
*ps
*pstree
*pwd
*pwdx
*readlink
*realpath
*renice
*rm
*rmdir
*rmmod
*route
*rpm
*sed
*sendmail
*seq
*sh
*sha1sum
*sha256sum
*sha512sum
*sleep
*sort
*split
*stat
*strings
*stty
*sum
*sync
*sysctl
*tail
*tar
*tee
*telnet
*test
*tftp
*time
*top
*touch
*tr
*traceroute
*true
*tty
*uname
*uniq
*unix2dos
*unlzma
*unxz
*unzip
*uptime
*usleep
*uudecode
*uuencode
*vi
*watch
*wc
*wget
*which
*who
*whoami
*xargs
*xz
*xzcat
*yes
*zcat
</div>

==CIFS==

The Common Internet File System. The cifs package provides the Humax with the ability to remotely access files shared from PCs using Windows file sharing. This package adds the support to the running system but mounting remote filesystems must currently be performed from the command line, Example :-

 mkdir /media/NAS 

 mkdir "/media/My Video/NAS" 

 mount -t cifs //server/share /media/NAS -o user=abc,password=def 

 mount -t cifs "//server/share /media/My Video/NAS" -o user=abc,password=def 

==Cron==

Cron is a time-based job scheduler that will auto-run tasks for you, It is built into Busybox which is a standard utility on your Humax, so cron does not need to be installed, the tasks are held in a cron table or crontab, here is an example crontab :-

<pre>
humax# cd /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/
humax# cat root
0 2 * * * /mod/sbin/anacron -s -d
1,31 * * * * /mod/sbin/unencrypt "/mnt/hd2/My Video/archive" > /mod/tmp/unencrypt.log 2>&1
*/10 * * * * /mod/sbin/rs_process >> /mod/tmp/rs.log 2>&1
humax#

</pre>

Each line of crontab has the following structure:

<Minute> <Hour> <Day> <Month> <Day of Week> <Command line> Note :- * = All or Every

The three examples above will run
#at 2AM every day
#at 1 Minute and 31 Minutes of every Hour every day
#every 10 Minutes continuously

It is possible to display all cron jobs with the following command line:-

 crontab -l 

To add a new cron job edit file /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/root and add a new line

==Curl Command==

curl command line utility

==Custom TV Portal==

An extension to the Humax TV Portal thats add some more apps

Full Guide[[Custom_TV_Portal | '''HERE''']]

==Dedup (Command Line)==

The dedup package adds a command line utility which can consolidate recordings within a single folder so that duplicates are removed and the remaining episodes are renamed so that the episode name and number (if available) are displayed in the Media Browser

Note:- There is a 'built-in' version of Dedup in the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Web_IF | '''Web-If ''']] that effectivly replaces the command line package, However if the dedup package is installed it is possible to perform the following Telnet commands from the folder you have navigated to:-

 dedup HIDE lists the recordings there and shows what they would be renamed to

 dedup -yes HIDE perform the changes as detailed below :-

*Renames the files on disk to match the episode name
*Changes the title shown in the media list to match the episode name
*Identifies duplicate episodes and moves them to a sub-folder called dup/

==Disable DSO==

Disable automatic retuning in response to Digital-Switch-Over events

==Disable OTA==

This feature inhibits any Over The Air Software updates that may be transmitted by Humax

==Dropbear SSH==

A secure shell (ssh) server for the Humax. This package provides remote command line access over an encrypted session and is a secure alternative to using telnet
to gain command line access - although it causes the box to do more work. Also allows the use of ''scp'' (secure copy) as a secure alternative to FTP.

Login with username=root, password=humax

==Edit On Box (Nicesplice)==

Full Guide for Nicesplice [[Edit_On_Box | '''HERE''']]

==EPG (Command Line)==

EPG information can be obtained from a Telnet Command line e.g.

 epg 

<pre>

humax# epg
Humax EPG Tool v1.0.8, by af123, 2011.

Syntax: epg [options] [filters] <command>...

Options:
-b Brief output.
-d[level] Set debug level.
-f<file> Specify alternate EPG data file.
-h Show help text.
-p Parsable output.

Filters: (can be specified multiple times, all must be true)
-C<CRID> Show only events with this CRID.
-D<descriptor type> Show only selected descriptor type.
-E<event id> Show only selected event.
-R<SCRID> Show only events with this Series ID.
-S<service id> Show only selected service.
-T<content type> Show only selected content types.
-@<unix timestamp> Show only programmes at time.
-/<unix timestamp> Show only programmes on day.
-/<days> Show only programmes on day.
-=<start>:<end> Show only programmes in time period.

Commands:
dump Show a parsed summary of the EPG.
dumpraw Show raw data from the EPG.
sqldump Produce SQL statements from EPG data.
sqlitedump <file> Create SQLite database from EPG data.
now Show what is currently on.
first Show the time of the earliest record.
last Show the time of the latest record.
parse Parse the EPG, no output.
search <text> Search programme names for text.
searchall <text> Search programme names/descriptions for text.
</pre>

==Epg Keywords (Web-If)==

This package was a web interface plugin which allowed a list of keywords to be configured and when found an email was sent Weekly to a specified email address detailing any programmes in the EPG which matched the keywords

NOTE:- The EPG Keywords functionallity has now been moved to [[Remote_Scheduling_Auto | '''Remote Scheduling Auto''']]

Initial Setup :-
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> Email address >> myname@talktalk.co.uk
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> SMTP >> smtp.talktalk.co.uk
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> SEND TEST EMAIL

==Ffmpeg==

FFmpeg will record, convert and stream audio and video, It includes libavcodec - the leading audio/video codec library, It also displays information about video and audio files. See Link [http://ffmpeg.org/ffmpeg.html '''HERE''']

==Flatten==

This feature changes how recorded programs are displayed on screen in the 'Media - My Video' menu, Series of programs are normally grouped into a sub-folder, Flatten will move the contents of sub-folders to the main 'Top' folder and remove empty sub-folders, After installing flatten the Web-If will have an option under OPT+ which lets you toggle directories between flatten and no-flatten

'''NOTE''' :- All directories will default to have flatten turned on unless they are changed

'''Exceptions'''

* Folders marked as no flatten using the OPT+ option will not be flattened
* Folders who's names are bounded by square brackets e.g. [NOT THIS ONE] will not be flattened
* Folders containing a file called .noflatten will not be flattened (Note:- Create this file Via Telnet)

==Flexget==

FlexGet is a multipurpose automation tool for content like torrents, nzbs, podcasts, comics, series, movies, etc.It can use different kinds of sources like RSS-feeds, html pages, csv files,search engines and there are even plugins for sites that do not provide any kind of useful feeds.

A Typical Cron entry for Flexget would be :-

 */1 * * * * /mod/bin/flexget -c /mod/.flexget/config.yml --cron 

* Flexget Documentation [http://flexget.com '''HERE''']

==Forcedate==

This utility forces the date on your Humax to 16 November 2011 12:34:56. It is require if the Humax can't get Time / Date info Over The Air. After using Forcedate it is possible to set time / date to internet time automatically on boot-up using [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Ntp_Client | '''NTP Client''']]

==Foscam==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Foscam | '''HERE''']]

==FTP==

File Transfer Protocol is a method of transferring files to and from your Humax, The Humax HDR-Fox T2 has a built-in FTP for access to the media folders only. See the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Betaftpd |'''Betaftpd package''' ]] for access to the full Humax file structure or to add an FTP server to the HD-Fox T2. To use FTP on a P.C. a program that handles FTP is required, Internet Explorer and Windows (file) Explorer will allow FTP access by entering ftp://10.0.0.200 into the address bar, Although access may be restricted to media folders only, even when using the Betaftpd package, If access to the whole file structure is required programs like Filezilla or WS_FTP_Pro can be used.

Notes :-
* To use the Built-In Humax FTP server MENU >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = ON
* When using Betaftpd MENU >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = OFF
*10.0.0.200 needs to be replaced with your own Humax IP address
*login = humaxftp
*password = 0000 (your Remote Pin default). If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used

==Grep==

Grep is built into Busybox and is used to search through a file or files looking for specified blocks of text, The output can be displayed on-screen or sent to a new file. [http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?egrep Syntax Here]

Associated utilities = Egrep, Fgrep

<pre>
humax# cat original-file.txt

-H Add 'filename:' prefix
-h Do not add 'filename:' prefix
-n Add 'line_no:' prefix
-l Show only names of files that match
-L Show only names of files that don't match
-c Show only count of matching lines
-o Show only the matching part of line
-q Quiet. Return 0 if PATTERN is found, 1 otherwise
-v Select non-matching lines
-s Suppress open and read errors
-r Recurse
-i Ignore case
-w Match whole words only
-F PATTERN is a literal (not regexp)
-E PATTERN is an extended regexp
-m N Match up to N times per file
-A N Print N lines of trailing context
-B N Print N lines of leading context
-C N Same as '-A N -B N'
-e PTRN Pattern to match
-f FILE Read pattern from file

humax# grep match original-file.txt
-l Show only names of files that match
-L Show only names of files that don't match
-c Show only count of matching lines
-o Show only the matching part of line
-v Select non-matching lines
-e PTRN Pattern to match
humax#
</pre>

==HMT==

This package displays information on the humax *.hmt file, A small 'sidecar' file created alogside the main *.ts video file

From a Telnet Session, Navigate to a directory containing an *.hmt file, Then enter hmt {filename}

 hmt KAISER_CHIEFS_DD5_1_20110410_0147.hmt 

<pre>
humax# hmt KAISER_CHIEFS_DD5_1_20110410_0147.hmt
Format:HD
Title:KAISER CHIEFS DD5.1
Channel:4096 (BBC HD)
Folder:/mnt/hd2/My Video/MY-ARCHIVE/
Filename:KAISER CHIEFS DD5_1_20110410_0147
Genre:Entertainment
EPG:Performance from the Kaiser Chiefs from the Later... with Jools Holland archives.
They play I Predict a Riot, the party and festival anthem of 2005.

Flags: HD,Unlimited Copies,
Copy count:0

Scheduled start:1302396300 (Sun Apr 10 00:45:00 2011)
Scheduled duration:300
Recording start:1302396449 (Sun Apr 10 00:47:29 2011)
Recording end:1302396706 (Sun Apr 10 00:51:46 2011)
Play resumes at: 15 seconds in.

Service ID (SID):17472
Transport Stream ID (TSID):16516
Originating Network ID (ONID):9018
Programme Map Table PID (PMTPID):100
Video PID:101
Audio PID:102
Bookmarks:0 =
</pre>

==Humidify==

A utility for manipulating Humax Download Format (HDF) files

==Inadyn==
A Dynamic DNS client with web configuration plugin (see webif settings page), The log file is blanked whenever the box set to standby and a new one created when switched from standby

==I-Phone Interface==

An iphone optimised web interface for the Humax

Screen Shots [[Smartphone_Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''HERE''']]

==lsof==

This unix command stands for LiSt of Open Files,With no extentions it will default to 'All' open files, But it is probably more useful when used with a filter as shown in the examples :-

 lsof | grep humaxtv HIDE All files opened by the main Humax TV process

 lsof | cut -f 1 -d' ' | sort | uniq HIDE List all processes that have opened files

 lsof | grep epg HIDE All files opened by the EPG process

<pre>humax# lsof | grep epg
epg 596 root cwd 0000 31,0 1307722938 21474853357 /dev
epg 596 root rtd 0000 31,0 1321652395 77309428205 /
epg 596 root txt 0000 8,18 1322689164 4295000557 /mnt/hd2/mod/bin/epg
epg 596 root mem REG 8,18 9226050 /mnt/hd2/mod/bin/epg (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 174 /lib/ld-uClibc-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 8,18 9225846 /mnt/hd2/mod/lib/libsqlite3.so.0.8.6 (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 169 /lib/libuClibc-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 216 /lib/libpthread-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 186 /lib/libdl-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root 0 0000 31,0 1307722935 4294975926 /dev/null
epg 596 root 1 0000 0,13 1322848876 4295000502 /tmp/epgd.log
epg 596 root 2 0000 0,13 1322848858 4295000502 /tmp/modinit.log
</pre>

==Jim==

Jim is a form of the programming language TCL (Tool Command Language), That runs on the Humax unix platform

==Jpnevulator==

Serial Port Sniffer

==Joe==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==Mediatomb==
A UPnP MediaServer, This package allows the HD T2 to stream content to other devices on your network, as the HD T2 does not have this facility built-in

==Mongoose==

Mongoose is the Webserver that the Custom Firmware Package uses to present the Web pages you see when you log into the Web Interface, [[Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''SEE EXAMPLES''']]

==Multienv==

Helper utility for modifying the settop environment, Used by other packages.

==Mvdisks==

Mounts external drives (connected via USB) under "My Video" to allow export by the DLNA server (HDR only)

==Network Shares Automount==

Automatic mounting of remote nfs or smb directories, with configuration on the box, using special "settings" directorys to add and configure shares. Remote host(s) are "pinged" regularly, and shares are mounting / unmounting automatically with host availability

Folders on a computer or NAS box can be shared with other devices on the same network. On the humax box with custom firmware we can add support for two protocols - smb (used by Windows, pre-Lion OsX, linux running Samba), and nfs (Linux, OsX, common with NAS boxes). smb support is provided by the cifs package. We can "mount" the remote shared folder(s) so they appear as if they were part of the local file system on the Humax

This packages uses directory names in the "*Modsettings/smb" and/or "*Modsettings/nfs" folders to configure as many shares as you like. For example to set up a new smb share, use the opt+ button to create a new directory within the smb folder. Name it what you want the mount to be called (eg "MyPc") Wait about 10 seconds, and navigate into the new folder. The script should have created a load of template "configuration directories" for you to rename (host IP address, foldername, user, password etc). Note that the "_" symbol is used instead of "." in IP names and "/" in folder names as these can't be input (or if they can I think the box changes them to a "_")

Once configured, the script will regularly ping the host computer to see if it is available. If it is then the shared folder will be mounted and should be browsable. If the host goes offline, the folder will be unmounted, preventing the box from locking up.

Wake up On LAN (WOL) is also available to automatically power up compatible (newer) NAS boxes, The user must supply the MAC address of the NAS box and set WakeUp=on

==Nano==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==NTFS 3g==

Read/write NTFS disk access. Out of the box the Humax can read NTFS formatted drives but this package upgrades that support to full read/write access

==Ntp Client==

Network Time Protocol sets the Humax clock from an Internet time server on each boot. Useful if you do not have an aerial connection. Note :- This utility may also need [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Forcedate | '''Forcedate''']] to be loaded, In order to get the date near the current as NTP won't change a time / Date that is too far out

==OPKG==

Open PacKaGe Management is the tool used to handle Custom Firmware packages, Here Are some examples :-

opkgHID= list all opkg commands

opkg install http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/auto-unprotect_1.0.6_mipsel.opk HID= Install a remote package

opkg listHID= list of available packages

opkg list-installedHID= list of installed packages

opkg remove auto-unprotectHID= uninstall a package Note: No version numbers

==Portal Foscam==

See [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Foscam | '''GUIDE''']]

==Portal Xtra1==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Xtra1 | '''HERE''']]

==Poweron-Channel==

This Utility forces the Humax to always power up on a selected TV channel regardless of the last channel viewed on power down, It is also possible to select a power on volume that overrides the power down volume

==Procps==

procps is the package that has a bunch of small useful utilities that give information about processes using the /proc filesystem. The package includes the programs ps, top, vmstat, w, kill, free, slabtop, and skill.Version 3 includes NPTL thread support, a rewritten top, many bug fixes, performance improvements, and new features. Link [http://procps.sourceforge.net/ '''HERE''']

==Prog Backup==

Utility for backing up recordings and sidecar files to locally attached drives, A search of attatched drives will be made so that the user can choose. Both Hi-Def and Standard definition recordings will be de-crypted so they can be played on a P.C. or copied back to a different Humax. Command line examples Below :-

 progbackup HIDE Backup everthing under My Video

 progbackup "/mnt/hd2/My Video/BOB's Films/" HIDE Backup files in a specified folder

'''NOTE:-''' Make sure to use the quotation marks around the directory name.

==Redring==

Causes the Humax to display a Red LED ring when recording in standby, plus various other front panel options detailed in the table below. The new settings are configurable using the Web-If >> Settings >> Redring Settings

{| border="1"
! Humax Status
! Humax Default
! With Redring
! Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Standby LED Not Recording
! 11% Amber
! 11% Amber
! N/A
|-
! align="left" |Standby LED Waiting to Record (Half-Awake)
! 11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Blue & Set Brightness(1)
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Blue On / Off & 10% to 99% Brightness(1)
|-
! align="left" |Standby LED Recording X1
! 11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Red & Set Brightness(2)
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | 10% to 99% Brightness(2)
|-
! align="left" |Standby LED Recording X2
! 11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Purple
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Purple On / Off & Brightness(2)
|-
! align="left" |Awake LED Not Recording
! 99% Blue
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Blue
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Brightness(3)
|-
! align="left" |Awake LED Waiting to Record
! 99% Blue
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Blue
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Brightness(3)
|-
! align="left" |Awake LED Recording X1
! 99% Red
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Red
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Brightness(3)
|-
! align="left" |Awake LED Recording X2
! 99% Red
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Purple
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Purple On / Off & Brightness(3)
|-
! align="left" |Disable Display Scrolling
! Scrolling On
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Scrolling Off
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Show Clock When Running
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Clock
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Show Elapsed Time On Playback
! At end of scrolling display.
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Elapsed Time
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Turn off LED ring in standby
! 11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | <1% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Set Awake LED brightness
! 100% brightness
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Set Brightness(3)
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off & 0% to 99% Brightness(3)
|-
! align="left" |Set Awake Display brightness
! 100% > 50% after 3 Mins.
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Set Brightness(4)
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off & 0% to 99% Brightness(4)
|-
! align="left" |Set Standby Display brightness
! 11%
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Set Brightness(5)
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off & 0% to 99% Brightness(5)
|-
! align="left" |Redring Debug
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Debug
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|}

 HIDE ** = Change from Humax default

==Remote Scheduling (RS)==

Remote Scheduling Service. Links your device to the remote scheduling portal so you can manage your scheduled recordings list from anywhere with an Internet connection and web browser

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling | '''HERE''']]

==Remote Scheduling Auto==

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling_Auto | '''HERE''']]

==Rsvsync==

Boot-time reservation sync service

==Rsync==

A fast, versatile, remote (and local) file-copying tool, example :-

 rsync -avr --progress --delete --exclude 'Tsr/' mnt/hd2/ root@synology ip::NetBackup 

==Samba==

Windows compatible file sharing. Allows access to the Humax filesystem from a computer on the same network. The file system is shared using Windows compatible sharing so can be access from Windows, MacOSX and most other operating systems

==Sed==

GNU Stream Editor, A stream editor is used to perform basic text transformations on an input stream, application notes [http://www.gnu.org/software/sed/manual/sed.html '''HERE''']

==Series Filer==

This utility will re-locate series folders created at the top level of My Video to Selected Sub-Directories so that they can be grouped together. After a New series folder has been created by the Humax at the top level, Simply move this series folder to a Sub-directory that you have created e.g. move the Doctor Who series folder to a sub-folder called ‘His Video’. When the next instalment of Doctor Who is transmitted the Humax will create another Doctor Who folder at the top level again, However, If Series Files is running the new instalment will be moved to the ‘His Video / Doctor Who’ automatically. Program names will also be re-named (if possible) to give more detail of each episode

==Service Control==

A command line utility allowing easy control of installed services. Run the 'service' command from the command line for help.

From a Telnet command line prompt send the following :-

 service 
<pre>
humax# service

Name Installed Autostart Running
---- --------- --------- -------
mediatomb No No No
dropbear No No No
transmission No No No
samba No No No
cifs No No No
mongoose Yes Yes Yes

Syntax:
service start <service>
service stop <service>
service auto <service> (toggles autostart) </pre>

==Sh (SHell)==

Sh or Shell is a command line / scripting language built into Busybox that is roughly equivalent to the Windows DOS (Disk Operating System) utility. It is however a lot more powerful than DOS and is a true language

==Smartmontools==

This utility will report on the condition of the S.M.A.R.T. hard disk drive, After installing the package enter the following command line using Telnet :-

 mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -A 

or

 mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -a HIDE for more details

Documentation [http://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/smartmontools/wiki/TocDoc'''HERE''']
<pre>

humax# /mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -A
smartctl 5.41 2011-06-09 r3365 [7405b0-smp-linux-2.6.18-7.1] (local build)
Copyright (C) 2002-11 by Bruce Allen, http://smartmontools.sourceforge.net

=== START OF READ SMART DATA SECTION ===
SMART Attributes Data Structure revision number: 10
Vendor Specific SMART Attributes with Thresholds:
ID# ATTRIBUTE_NAME FLAG VALUE WORST THRESH TYPE UPDATED WHEN_FAILED RAW_VALUE
1 Raw_Read_Error_Rate 0x000f 114 099 006 Pre-fail Always - 66811863
3 Spin_Up_Time 0x0003 097 097 000 Pre-fail Always - 0
4 Start_Stop_Count 0x0032 098 098 020 Old_age Always - 2878
5 Reallocated_Sector_Ct 0x0033 100 100 036 Pre-fail Always - 0
7 Seek_Error_Rate 0x000f 078 060 030 Pre-fail Always - 70502101
9 Power_On_Hours 0x0032 097 097 000 Old_age Always - 3294
10 Spin_Retry_Count 0x0013 100 100 097 Pre-fail Always - 0
12 Power_Cycle_Count 0x0032 099 099 020 Old_age Always - 1439
184 End-to-End_Error 0x0032 100 100 099 Old_age Always - 0
187 Reported_Uncorrect 0x0032 097 097 000 Old_age Always - 3
188 Command_Timeout 0x0032 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0
189 High_Fly_Writes 0x003a 093 093 000 Old_age Always - 7
190 Airflow_Temperature_Cel 0x0022 055 044 045 Old_age Always In_the_past 45 (0 109 45 32)
194 Temperature_Celsius 0x0022 045 056 000 Old_age Always - 45 (0 13 0 0)
195 Hardware_ECC_Recovered 0x001a 048 039 000 Old_age Always - 66811863
197 Current_Pending_Sector 0x0012 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0
198 Offline_Uncorrectable 0x0010 100 100 000 Old_age Offline - 0
199 UDMA_CRC_Error_Count 0x003e 200 200 000 Old_age Always - 0
</pre>

NOTE:- If an external Hard disk Drive is found on boot up the Internal Hard disk will be /dev/sdb, If no External Hard Disk drive is found at boot up the the internal Hard disk will be /dev/sda

==SQLite==

SQlite is a database file handler, e.g. files that typically end in *.db can be opened, edited etc.

==SSMTP==

SSMTP is a program to deliver an E-mail from your Humax to a mailhost or mailhub, It will not handle incomming E-Mail

==Sysmon==

A System Monitoring Utility, the Web-If main page has a System Monitoring icon, selecting this icon displays a graph showing the temperature of the hard disk (the hottest item in the Humax HDR unit) over the last 1 hour period

==Telnet==

Telnet is built into the default Custom Firmware package, To communicate Via Telnet from a P.C. you will need a program such as [http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html '''PuTTY'''], Select connection type Telnet and enter the IP address of your Humax into the Host Name box, Then select OPEN, You will be presented with a new Telnet Window and if connection is successful you will see the humax# prompt.

It is also possible to use Telnet supplied in some versions Microsoft Windows e.g. Start >> Run >> CMD >> Telnet

Telnet is available in Windows XP, However Vista and Windows 7 will require Telnet to be enabled with Control Panel >> Programs and Features >> Turn Windows Features On / Off >> 'Tick' Telnet

Follow [[Telnet |'''THIS LINK''']] for more details on the various ways of obtaining a Telnet connection

Here is an example of Windows XP Telnet for ls -al 

<pre>
C:\> telnet

Welcome to Microsoft Telnet Client
Escape Character is 'CTRL + ]'

open 10.0.0.200

humax# ls -al
total 17
drwxr-xr-x 18 root root 192 Jan 10 09:10 .
drwxr-xr-x 18 root root 192 Jan 10 09:10 ..
drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 474 Jan 10 09:10 bin
drwxr-xr-x 5 root root 2140 Jun 10 2011 dev
drwxr-xr-x 9 root root 378 Jan 10 09:10 etc
drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 23 Jun 10 2011 home
drwxr-xr-x 4 root root 668 Jun 10 2011 lib
drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 120 Jan 1 2000 media
drwxr-xr-x 7 root root 84 May 13 2011 mnt
lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 11 Jan 10 09:10 mod -> mnt/hd2/mod
drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 22 Jun 10 2011 opt
dr-xr-xr-x 57 root root 0 Jan 1 2000 proc
drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 3 Jun 10 2011 root
drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 396 Jan 10 09:10 sbin
drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 23 Jun 10 2011 share
drwxr-xr-x 10 root root 0 Jan 1 2000 sys
drwxrwxrwt 2 root root 280 Apr 13 16:31 tmp
drwxr-xr-x 9 root root 87 Aug 31 2011 usr
drwxr-xr-x 4 root root 88 Jan 10 09:10 var
humax#

to exit from humax# enter Ctrl + d

Microsoft Telnet >

to exit from Telnet enter q

C:\>

To exit windows command line enter exit
</pre>

NOTES
*Telnet command lines on this WiKi are identified by a Yellow Background 
*[Putty] Telnet >> Connection >> Telnet >> return Key sends Telnet New Line instead of ^M should be 'un-Ticked'
*[Windows] Telnet >> unset crlf

==Text Editors==

There is a built-in GUI Text editor in the Web-If (details [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#File Editor |'''HERE''']]). In addition to this editor, There is a basic version of [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vi |'''Vi''']] built into the custom [Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Busybox |'''Busybox''']] package (not in the Busybox version included in the vendor's firmware). There are also several packages that can be installed to suit your editing preferences e.g. [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vim_Basic |'''Vim Basic''']], [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vim_Standard | '''Vim Standard''']], [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Joe | '''Joe''']] and [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Nano | '''Nano''']]

==Transmission (Bit Torrent)==

The Transmission program will download files from the internet using the a torrent protocol, Downloads using this system are usually fed from multiple sites at the same time in parallel, Because of this many URL’s may be used in the download process, These URLs are packaged together into a single *.torrent file, Transmission re-constructs fragments of the file/s from these various URLs into their original format.

Transmission needs to be supplied with the *.Torrent file, it does not have a Torrent file search facility, one possible torrent source is torrentz.eu, download your selected *.Torrent file to the P.C. you run the Web-iF from

For command line access enter :-

 transmission-remote 

'''Blocklist Notes'''

The block list utility does not currently work as it should e.g. Settings (Bottom Left) >> preferences >> Peers should allow an IP to be entered and then 'Updated', This should read a txt, gz, zip file to opened from a remote site that holds details of URLs that transmission is not allowed to contact during the download process. This can increase security by avoiding know virus sites etc.

Because the ‘Update’ does not work it is necessary to obtain the block file (e.g. from http://www.iblocklist.com/lists.php) and place them in the /mod/etc/transmission/blocklists folder, these files must be smaller than 5Mbs, They will be processed by the Transmission program when first run and *.bin files will be created in the same folder, if the files are successfully processed an indication of the number of ‘Blocked’ URL will be displayed e.g. Block List Has 598940 Rules

*Go into service control and start Transmission
*Set it to auto start if you want it to come on whenever the box is on
*Go to the Web-If main menu and click the transmission icon at the bottom left
*Select 'Open' (the folder at the top left)
*Select browse in the window and highlight the prviously downloaded *.torrent file
*When highlighted select 'Open'
*Select 'Upload'
*If the 'Start when added' box is checked the download will start immediately
* A new directory will be created at /media/ My Video/torrent/ containing successful downloads

==trm==

trm is a version of the Unix rm command (ReMove), This version removes files in blocks using Truncate (hence Truncate ReMove) rather than all at once, In order to reduce demand on system resources

==TTYSnoop==

TTYSnoop allows you to snoop on login tty's through another tty-device or pseudo-tty. The snoop-tty becomes a 'clone' of the original tty, redirecting both input and output from/to it.

==Uinput==

User-space input kernel module

==Unencrypt==

This function will unencrypt all files in a designated directory (or all files in My Video) automatically, Files are de-crypted at the same location e.g. 'decrypt in place' and are processed at the rate of one file every 30 Mins. max. so don't expect instant results

To setup Unencrypt install the package and then via [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Telnet|'''Telnet''']] enter one of the lines below :-

 unencryptsetup "Bob's Videos" HIDE process a single directory

 unencryptsetup HIDE process all files in 'My Video'

 unencryptsetup disable HIDE Turn off unencrypt

This will update the cron table and schedule the program to run every 30 minutes (at Mins 01 and 31) indefinitely. Every time it runs, it will check that there isn't already another job running and then decrypt the first encrypted file that it finds in the directory you specified, therefore gradually working its way through your files, If you don't specify a directory, it will default to decrypting all of your recordings.

NOTES:-
* '''Due to CPU overloading this feature only works between 1AM and 6AM the Humax must be out of standby during this time using an Auto On / Auto off timer''' 

*Auto-Unprotect must be running
*Content sharing must = on e.g. Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings

See Decryption flow chart [[Encryption | '''HERE''']]

==Undelete==

Redirects deleted recordings to a dustbin folder called [Deleted Items] and then automatically removes them from this new folder 7 days later, The Folder Name and delay before deletion is carried out (1 to 30 days) is configurable in the Web-If Setting area. It's a batch process which runs once per day. It runs 6 minutes after the first boot of the day or, if you keep your box on all the time, at 2am.
It scans the bin and removes anything that was put there over x * 24 hours ago, Where x = no. of days (strictly, anything that was last modified over x * 24 hours ago)

==Vi==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]. A basic version of Vi is built into the custom Busybox package (it's not included in the version of Busybox in the vendor's firmware).

==Vim Basic==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==Vim Standard==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==Virtual-Disk==

One way to decrypt content which has been recorded by the Humax is to copy to an external disk, This is usually a slow process as the
external disk must be connected via one of the USB ports. This package creates a virtual disk on the system to which content can
be copied. It is much faster since it is based on the internal hard disk. The virtual disk is shared by the MediaTomb package by default, giving a
fairly straightforward method of sharing recorded content on the network. In conjunction with the 'auto-unprotect' package, high definition content can also be shared

Note:- The copy to Virtual Disk MUST be by Remote Control OPT+ copy for decryption to take place

==Web IF ==

[[Web_Interface_Screenshots |'''Screen Shots''']] HIDE [[Webif_release_notes |'''Release Notes''']]

An evolving web interface for the Humax. This package provides a means of accessing the Humax using a web browser on any device connected to the
network (including mobile 'phones and iPads). The interface allows easy viewing of recorded programme details as well as allowing basic
manipulation to be performed. Additionally the EPG can be viewed and searched from within the web browser

Within the Web-IF are the following Built-In Functions :-

===Clipboard===

Used in conjunction with Copy, Cut and Paste, The clipboard is an area that files can be temporarily held in while a new folder is selected. It emulates a Windows Clipboard

===Copy===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

===Crop===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Crop

See Edit on Box link [[Edit_On_Box#Editing_Via_Web-If |'''HERE''']]

===Cut===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

===Decrypt===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Decrypt

This Function will move the file to an _original folder and then stream a new copy to the present location, The new copy will be Decrypted and can be played on a P.C.. NOTE both High Definition AND Standard definition need to be Decrypted

===De-duplicate / Tidy this folder===
[[File:Webif-media-ded.png|70px|thumb|right]]
[[File:Webif-media-ded2.png|70px|thumb|right]]

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> De-duplicate / Tidy this folder

This Function will search a folder and re-name files with more meaningful titles, It will also seperate duplicates into a new folder

See Tidy (Re-name) Example >>

This Function will search a folder and re-name files with more meaningful titles

It will Also seperate duplicates into a new folder

See De Duplicate (to new folder) Example >>

===Download===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Download

This function will download with decrytion an SD file (or Hi-Def File if the 'ENC' flag is removed) and place it into the default download folder on your P.C., The following items may inhibit it functioning correctly :-

# The File type *.TS must not be assosiated with a program such as a media player on your P.C., If it is, Remove the association
# Your brouser must allow re-direction of addresses

===Extract Audio===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Extract Audio

This function will produce an MP3 file containing the stereo audio track contained in a standard Def. Video file (or radio recording), The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be de-crypted (Dispays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Standard Def. recording only (Hi-Def 2 Ch or 6 Ch sound won't be decoded)

===Extract To MPG===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Extract To MPG

This function will produce an MPG copy of the *.TS file in the same folder.The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be de-crypted (Dispays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Standard Def. recording only

===File Editor===

Web-If MAIN >> Diagnostics >> File Editor >> Open >> [Navigate to deisired file]

===Paste===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

[[File:Webif-media-detail.png|100px|thumb|right]]

===Play===

This function provides an in-browser playback function for the Humax, It requires that you have the VLC plugin installed for your browser

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Click on Single File) >> Play

===Save Last Streamed Content===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> Save Last Streamed Content

This Function will make a permanent MP4 copy of any content that has been viewed using the Humax TV portal e.g. I-Player / You Tube and place it into the 'My Video' folder. The Telnet equivalent Syntax is as follows :-

cp /mnt/hd3/Streamer_down_file "/media/My Video/theclip.mp4" 

NOTE:- The Portal screen must remain open until the entire file has been downloaded (It is not performed in the background), The amount of time the download takes will vary with broadband speed

===Split===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Split (45m parts)

This Function (only available on files over 4GB) will split the file into 45 Minute parts with a 2 Minute overlap, It can be used to stream large files without hitting the 4GB stream bug present on the Humax.

The New files will have segment numbering e.g. 1/3. E.T. The Extra-Terrestrial

==Web-IF Channel Icons==

A set of PNG picture files used to display the T.V. channel icons in the Web-Interface, they reside in /mod/var/mongoose/html/img/channels

==Webif-charts==

Chart modules for the web interface

==Webif-iphone==

A cut-down web interface, optimised for display on the iPhone and other mobile devices

See Screenshots [[Smartphone_Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''HERE''']]

==wget==

Retrieve files via HTTP or FTP

Note:- There is already a version of wget in Busybox which is loaded automatically, However it may be necessary to install the stand alone package as it will be a newer version

==Xtra1 Portal==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Xtra1 | '''HERE''']]

Custom Firmware Package Notes

2012-05-13T17:13:12Z

Adsb: Need the custom Busybox package for vi

'''BREIF NOTES FOR CUSTOM FIRMWARE PACKAGES'''
{{Note|Some Functions of the Web Interface are 'Built-In' and do not require an additional package to be installed, These Features are covered in the Web If section of this page

Some packages require a reboot (Hard disk spin down) before they take effect}}

==7Zip==

Command line utility that can pack and un-pack zip type files

*Supported Packing / unpacking Formats = 7z, XZ, BZIP2, GZIP, TAR, ZIP and WIM
*Supported Unpacking only = ARJ, CAB, CHM, CPIO, CramFS, DEB, DMG, FAT, HFS, ISO, LZH, LZMA, MBR, MSI, NSIS, NTFS, RAR, RPM, SquashFS, UDF, VHD, WIM, XAR and Z.

==Auto-Unprotect==

The Auto Unprotect package runs in the background and automatically removes the Encryption Protected flag on High Definition recordings. This is the flag which prevents the file from being decrypted in the same way a Standard Definition file. On first installation, the hard disk will be scanned for any high definition recordings and they will be unprotected. Thereafter new recordings will have the flag removed as they are completed

Auto Unprotect also makes a change to the DLNA index so that High Definition files can be streamed without DTCP

NOTE:- The removal of the ENC flag does not decrypt the file, However it does make decyption possible by the same means as a Standard Definition file, see flow chart [[Encryption |'''HERE''']]

==Auto-Update==

This package automatically keeps the installed packages up to date by checking for any new releases daily and automatically downloading and installing them, It will check once per day at the earliest power on, for most people probably the 04:30 boot

==Bash==

Bourne Again SHell is an enhanced [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sh | '''Sh (Shell)''']] Command line / scripting language [http://www.gnu.org/software/bash/manual/bashref.html '''See Reference Guide''']

==Betaftpd==

===For HDR-Fox T2===

The HDR-FOX T2 has a built-in FTP server, This default server will still be in available after the Custom Firmware is installed, However only files under ‘Media’ are visible, Betaftpd has two possible Logins, If login = humaxftp and password = 0000 is used then only ‘Media’ is visible. If login = root and password = 0000 is used then the entire file system is accessable. If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used

NOTE:- The Built-in FTP server must be turned off if Betaftpd is used with Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = OFF

===For HD-Fox T2===

Betaftpd will add an FTP server to the Humax after installation, Betaftpd has two possible Logins, If login = humaxftp and password = 0000 is used then only ‘Media’ is visible. If login = root and password = 0000 is used then the entire file system is accessable. If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used

==BootHDR==

This Function for the HD-FOX T2 only, Allows the HD-FOX T2 to run the software for the HDR-FOX T2, to allow decryption of recordings by copying to a volume, BootHDR can be installed from the Web-If packages screen (of the HD-Fox T2 only). Here is the equivalent command line (Telnet) :-

 opkg install wget 

 opkg install boothdr --force-reinstall 

==BusyBox==

Your Humax box has a ‘Unix’ operating system, Busybox is a package that provides 158 common Unix [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sh_.28SHell.29 | '''Sh (Shell)''']] commands that can be used in a Telnet sessions, The List below shows the available commands, There is no 'man' command that would explain what they do, but most commands can have a -? or -h extention to get some help e.g. ls -?, A command look up table can be found [http://busybox.net/downloads/BusyBox.html '''HERE''']

NOTE:- It is not a good idea to 'Play' with these commands if you don't know what you are doing

<div style="column-count:8;-moz-column-count:8;-webkit-column-count:8">
*[
*[[
*ar
*arp
*arping
*ash
*awk
*base64
*basename
*bunzip2
*bzcat
*bzip2
*cal
*cat
*catv
*chgrp
*chmod
*chown
*chroot
*cksum
*clear
*cmp
*comm
*cp
*cpio
*cut
*date
*dc
*dd
*df
*diff
*dirname
*dos2unix
*du
*echo
*ed
*egrep
*env
*ether-wake
*expr
*false
*fgrep
*find
*fold
*free
*ftpget
*ftpput
*fuser
*grep
*gunzip
*gzip
*hd
*head
*hexdump
*ifconfig
*insmod
*install
*iostat
*kill
*killall
*killall5
*last
*less
*ln
*logname
*ls
*lsmod
*lsusb
*lzcat
*lzma
*md5sum
*mkdir
*mkfifo
*mknod
*mktemp
*modinfo
*modprobe
*more
*mpstat
*mv
*nc
*netstat
*nice
*nmeter
*nohup
*nslookup
*od
*patch
*pgrep
*ping
*pkill
*pmap
*printenv
*printf
*ps
*pstree
*pwd
*pwdx
*readlink
*realpath
*renice
*rm
*rmdir
*rmmod
*route
*rpm
*sed
*sendmail
*seq
*sh
*sha1sum
*sha256sum
*sha512sum
*sleep
*sort
*split
*stat
*strings
*stty
*sum
*sync
*sysctl
*tail
*tar
*tee
*telnet
*test
*tftp
*time
*top
*touch
*tr
*traceroute
*true
*tty
*uname
*uniq
*unix2dos
*unlzma
*unxz
*unzip
*uptime
*usleep
*uudecode
*uuencode
*vi
*watch
*wc
*wget
*which
*who
*whoami
*xargs
*xz
*xzcat
*yes
*zcat
</div>

==CIFS==

The Common Internet File System. The cifs package provides the Humax with the ability to remotely access files shared from PCs using Windows file sharing. This package adds the support to the running system but mounting remote filesystems must currently be performed from the command line, Example :-

 mkdir /media/NAS 

 mkdir "/media/My Video/NAS" 

 mount -t cifs //server/share /media/NAS -o user=abc,password=def 

 mount -t cifs "//server/share /media/My Video/NAS" -o user=abc,password=def 

==Cron==

Cron is a time-based job scheduler that will auto-run tasks for you, It is built into Busybox which is a standard utility on your Humax, so cron does not need to be installed, the tasks are held in a cron table or crontab, here is an example crontab :-

<pre>
humax# cd /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/
humax# cat root
0 2 * * * /mod/sbin/anacron -s -d
1,31 * * * * /mod/sbin/unencrypt "/mnt/hd2/My Video/archive" > /mod/tmp/unencrypt.log 2>&1
*/10 * * * * /mod/sbin/rs_process >> /mod/tmp/rs.log 2>&1
humax#

</pre>

Each line of crontab has the following structure:

<Minute> <Hour> <Day> <Month> <Day of Week> <Command line> Note :- * = All or Every

The three examples above will run
#at 2AM every day
#at 1 Minute and 31 Minutes of every Hour every day
#every 10 Minutes continuously

It is possible to display all cron jobs with the following command line:-

 crontab -l 

To add a new cron job edit file /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/root and add a new line

==Curl Command==

curl command line utility

==Custom TV Portal==

An extension to the Humax TV Portal thats add some more apps

Full Guide[[Custom_TV_Portal | '''HERE''']]

==Dedup (Command Line)==

The dedup package adds a command line utility which can consolidate recordings within a single folder so that duplicates are removed and the remaining episodes are renamed so that the episode name and number (if available) are displayed in the Media Browser

Note:- There is a 'built-in' version of Dedup in the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Web_IF | '''Web-If ''']] that effectivly replaces the command line package, However if the dedup package is installed it is possible to perform the following Telnet commands from the folder you have navigated to:-

 dedup HIDE lists the recordings there and shows what they would be renamed to

 dedup -yes HIDE perform the changes as detailed below :-

*Renames the files on disk to match the episode name
*Changes the title shown in the media list to match the episode name
*Identifies duplicate episodes and moves them to a sub-folder called dup/

==Disable DSO==

Disable automatic retuning in response to Digital-Switch-Over events

==Disable OTA==

This feature inhibits any Over The Air Software updates that may be transmitted by Humax

==Dropbear SSH==

A secure shell (ssh) server for the Humax. This package provides remote command line access over an encrypted session and is a secure alternative to using telnet
to gain command line access - although it causes the box to do more work. Also allows the use of ''scp'' (secure copy) as a secure alternative to FTP.

Login with username=root, password=humax

==Edit On Box (Nicesplice)==

Full Guide for Nicesplice [[Edit_On_Box | '''HERE''']]

==EPG (Command Line)==

EPG information can be obtained from a Telnet Command line e.g.

 epg 

<pre>

humax# epg
Humax EPG Tool v1.0.8, by af123, 2011.

Syntax: epg [options] [filters] <command>...

Options:
-b Brief output.
-d[level] Set debug level.
-f<file> Specify alternate EPG data file.
-h Show help text.
-p Parsable output.

Filters: (can be specified multiple times, all must be true)
-C<CRID> Show only events with this CRID.
-D<descriptor type> Show only selected descriptor type.
-E<event id> Show only selected event.
-R<SCRID> Show only events with this Series ID.
-S<service id> Show only selected service.
-T<content type> Show only selected content types.
-@<unix timestamp> Show only programmes at time.
-/<unix timestamp> Show only programmes on day.
-/<days> Show only programmes on day.
-=<start>:<end> Show only programmes in time period.

Commands:
dump Show a parsed summary of the EPG.
dumpraw Show raw data from the EPG.
sqldump Produce SQL statements from EPG data.
sqlitedump <file> Create SQLite database from EPG data.
now Show what is currently on.
first Show the time of the earliest record.
last Show the time of the latest record.
parse Parse the EPG, no output.
search <text> Search programme names for text.
searchall <text> Search programme names/descriptions for text.
</pre>

==Epg Keywords (Web-If)==

This package was a web interface plugin which allowed a list of keywords to be configured and when found an email was sent Weekly to a specified email address detailing any programmes in the EPG which matched the keywords

NOTE:- The EPG Keywords functionallity has now been moved to [[Remote_Scheduling_Auto | '''Remote Scheduling Auto''']]

Initial Setup :-
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> Email address >> myname@talktalk.co.uk
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> SMTP >> smtp.talktalk.co.uk
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> SEND TEST EMAIL

==Ffmpeg==

FFmpeg will record, convert and stream audio and video, It includes libavcodec - the leading audio/video codec library, It also displays information about video and audio files. See Link [http://ffmpeg.org/ffmpeg.html '''HERE''']

==Flatten==

This feature changes how recorded programs are displayed on screen in the 'Media - My Video' menu, Series of programs are normally grouped into a sub-folder, Flatten will move the contents of sub-folders to the main 'Top' folder and remove empty sub-folders, After installing flatten the Web-If will have an option under OPT+ which lets you toggle directories between flatten and no-flatten

'''NOTE''' :- All directories will default to have flatten turned on unless they are changed

'''Exceptions'''

* Folders marked as no flatten using the OPT+ option will not be flattened
* Folders who's names are bounded by square brackets e.g. [NOT THIS ONE] will not be flattened
* Folders containing a file called .noflatten will not be flattened (Note:- Create this file Via Telnet)

==Flexget==

FlexGet is a multipurpose automation tool for content like torrents, nzbs, podcasts, comics, series, movies, etc.It can use different kinds of sources like RSS-feeds, html pages, csv files,search engines and there are even plugins for sites that do not provide any kind of useful feeds.

A Typical Cron entry for Flexget would be :-

 */1 * * * * /mod/bin/flexget -c /mod/.flexget/config.yml --cron 

* Flexget Documentation [http://flexget.com '''HERE''']

==Forcedate==

This utility forces the date on your Humax to 16 November 2011 12:34:56. It is require if the Humax can't get Time / Date info Over The Air. After using Forcedate it is possible to set time / date to internet time automatically on boot-up using [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Ntp_Client | '''NTP Client''']]

==Foscam==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Foscam | '''HERE''']]

==FTP==

File Transfer Protocol is a method of transferring files to and from your Humax, The Humax HDR-Fox T2 has a built-in FTP for access to the media folders only. See the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Betaftpd |'''Betaftpd package''' ]] for access to the full Humax file structure or to add an FTP server to the HD-Fox T2. To use FTP on a P.C. a program that handles FTP is required, Internet Explorer and Windows (file) Explorer will allow FTP access by entering ftp://10.0.0.200 into the address bar, Although access may be restricted to media folders only, even when using the Betaftpd package, If access to the whole file structure is required programs like Filezilla or WS_FTP_Pro can be used.

Notes :-
* To use the Built-In Humax FTP server MENU >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = ON
* When using Betaftpd MENU >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = OFF
*10.0.0.200 needs to be replaced with your own Humax IP address
*login = humaxftp
*password = 0000 (your Remote Pin default). If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used

==Grep==

Grep is built into Busybox and is used to search through a file or files looking for specified blocks of text, The output can be displayed on-screen or sent to a new file. [http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?egrep Syntax Here]

Associated utilities = Egrep, Fgrep

<pre>
humax# cat original-file.txt

-H Add 'filename:' prefix
-h Do not add 'filename:' prefix
-n Add 'line_no:' prefix
-l Show only names of files that match
-L Show only names of files that don't match
-c Show only count of matching lines
-o Show only the matching part of line
-q Quiet. Return 0 if PATTERN is found, 1 otherwise
-v Select non-matching lines
-s Suppress open and read errors
-r Recurse
-i Ignore case
-w Match whole words only
-F PATTERN is a literal (not regexp)
-E PATTERN is an extended regexp
-m N Match up to N times per file
-A N Print N lines of trailing context
-B N Print N lines of leading context
-C N Same as '-A N -B N'
-e PTRN Pattern to match
-f FILE Read pattern from file

humax# grep match original-file.txt
-l Show only names of files that match
-L Show only names of files that don't match
-c Show only count of matching lines
-o Show only the matching part of line
-v Select non-matching lines
-e PTRN Pattern to match
humax#
</pre>

==HMT==

This package displays information on the humax *.hmt file, A small 'sidecar' file created alogside the main *.ts video file

From a Telnet Session, Navigate to a directory containing an *.hmt file, Then enter hmt {filename}

 hmt KAISER_CHIEFS_DD5_1_20110410_0147.hmt 

<pre>
humax# hmt KAISER_CHIEFS_DD5_1_20110410_0147.hmt
Format:HD
Title:KAISER CHIEFS DD5.1
Channel:4096 (BBC HD)
Folder:/mnt/hd2/My Video/MY-ARCHIVE/
Filename:KAISER CHIEFS DD5_1_20110410_0147
Genre:Entertainment
EPG:Performance from the Kaiser Chiefs from the Later... with Jools Holland archives.
They play I Predict a Riot, the party and festival anthem of 2005.

Flags: HD,Unlimited Copies,
Copy count:0

Scheduled start:1302396300 (Sun Apr 10 00:45:00 2011)
Scheduled duration:300
Recording start:1302396449 (Sun Apr 10 00:47:29 2011)
Recording end:1302396706 (Sun Apr 10 00:51:46 2011)
Play resumes at: 15 seconds in.

Service ID (SID):17472
Transport Stream ID (TSID):16516
Originating Network ID (ONID):9018
Programme Map Table PID (PMTPID):100
Video PID:101
Audio PID:102
Bookmarks:0 =
</pre>

==Humidify==

A utility for manipulating Humax Download Format (HDF) files

==Inadyn==
A Dynamic DNS client with web configuration plugin (see webif settings page), The log file is blanked whenever the box set to standby and a new one created when switched from standby

==I-Phone Interface==

An iphone optimised web interface for the Humax

Screen Shots [[Smartphone_Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''HERE''']]

==lsof==

This unix command stands for LiSt of Open Files,With no extentions it will default to 'All' open files, But it is probably more useful when used with a filter as shown in the examples :-

 lsof | grep humaxtv HIDE All files opened by the main Humax TV process

 lsof | cut -f 1 -d' ' | sort | uniq HIDE List all processes that have opened files

 lsof | grep epg HIDE All files opened by the EPG process

<pre>humax# lsof | grep epg
epg 596 root cwd 0000 31,0 1307722938 21474853357 /dev
epg 596 root rtd 0000 31,0 1321652395 77309428205 /
epg 596 root txt 0000 8,18 1322689164 4295000557 /mnt/hd2/mod/bin/epg
epg 596 root mem REG 8,18 9226050 /mnt/hd2/mod/bin/epg (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 174 /lib/ld-uClibc-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 8,18 9225846 /mnt/hd2/mod/lib/libsqlite3.so.0.8.6 (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 169 /lib/libuClibc-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 216 /lib/libpthread-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 186 /lib/libdl-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root 0 0000 31,0 1307722935 4294975926 /dev/null
epg 596 root 1 0000 0,13 1322848876 4295000502 /tmp/epgd.log
epg 596 root 2 0000 0,13 1322848858 4295000502 /tmp/modinit.log
</pre>

==Jim==

Jim is a form of the programming language TCL (Tool Command Language), That runs on the Humax unix platform

==Jpnevulator==

Serial Port Sniffer

==Joe==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==Mediatomb==
A UPnP MediaServer, This package allows the HD T2 to stream content to other devices on your network, as the HD T2 does not have this facility built-in

==Mongoose==

Mongoose is the Webserver that the Custom Firmware Package uses to present the Web pages you see when you log into the Web Interface, [[Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''SEE EXAMPLES''']]

==Multienv==

Helper utility for modifying the settop environment, Used by other packages.

==Mvdisks==

Mounts external drives (connected via USB) under "My Video" to allow export by the DLNA server (HDR only)

==Network Shares Automount==

Automatic mounting of remote nfs or smb directories, with configuration on the box, using special "settings" directorys to add and configure shares. Remote host(s) are "pinged" regularly, and shares are mounting / unmounting automatically with host availability

Folders on a computer or NAS box can be shared with other devices on the same network. On the humax box with custom firmware we can add support for two protocols - smb (used by Windows, pre-Lion OsX, linux running Samba), and nfs (Linux, OsX, common with NAS boxes). smb support is provided by the cifs package. We can "mount" the remote shared folder(s) so they appear as if they were part of the local file system on the Humax

This packages uses directory names in the "*Modsettings/smb" and/or "*Modsettings/nfs" folders to configure as many shares as you like. For example to set up a new smb share, use the opt+ button to create a new directory within the smb folder. Name it what you want the mount to be called (eg "MyPc") Wait about 10 seconds, and navigate into the new folder. The script should have created a load of template "configuration directories" for you to rename (host IP address, foldername, user, password etc). Note that the "_" symbol is used instead of "." in IP names and "/" in folder names as these can't be input (or if they can I think the box changes them to a "_")

Once configured, the script will regularly ping the host computer to see if it is available. If it is then the shared folder will be mounted and should be browsable. If the host goes offline, the folder will be unmounted, preventing the box from locking up.

Wake up On LAN (WOL) is also available to automatically power up compatible (newer) NAS boxes, The user must supply the MAC address of the NAS box and set WakeUp=on

==Nano==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==NTFS 3g==

Read/write NTFS disk access. Out of the box the Humax can read NTFS formatted drives but this package upgrades that support to full read/write access

==Ntp Client==

Network Time Protocol sets the Humax clock from an Internet time server on each boot. Useful if you do not have an aerial connection. Note :- This utility may also need [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Forcedate | '''Forcedate''']] to be loaded, In order to get the date near the current as NTP won't change a time / Date that is too far out

==OPKG==

Open PacKaGe Management is the tool used to handle Custom Firmware packages, Here Are some examples :-

opkgHID= list all opkg commands

opkg install http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/auto-unprotect_1.0.6_mipsel.opk HID= Install a remote package

opkg listHID= list of available packages

opkg list-installedHID= list of installed packages

opkg remove auto-unprotectHID= uninstall a package Note: No version numbers

==Portal Foscam==

See [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Foscam | '''GUIDE''']]

==Portal Xtra1==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Xtra1 | '''HERE''']]

==Poweron-Channel==

This Utility forces the Humax to always power up on a selected TV channel regardless of the last channel viewed on power down, It is also possible to select a power on volume that overrides the power down volume

==Procps==

procps is the package that has a bunch of small useful utilities that give information about processes using the /proc filesystem. The package includes the programs ps, top, vmstat, w, kill, free, slabtop, and skill.Version 3 includes NPTL thread support, a rewritten top, many bug fixes, performance improvements, and new features. Link [http://procps.sourceforge.net/ '''HERE''']

==Prog Backup==

Utility for backing up recordings and sidecar files to locally attached drives, A search of attatched drives will be made so that the user can choose. Both Hi-Def and Standard definition recordings will be de-crypted so they can be played on a P.C. or copied back to a different Humax. Command line examples Below :-

 progbackup HIDE Backup everthing under My Video

 progbackup "/mnt/hd2/My Video/BOB's Films/" HIDE Backup files in a specified folder

'''NOTE:-''' Make sure to use the quotation marks around the directory name.

==Redring==

Causes the Humax to display a Red LED ring when recording in standby, plus various other front panel options detailed in the table below. The new settings are configurable using the Web-If >> Settings >> Redring Settings

{| border="1"
! Humax Status
! Humax Default
! With Redring
! Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Standby LED Not Recording
! 11% Amber
! 11% Amber
! N/A
|-
! align="left" |Standby LED Waiting to Record (Half-Awake)
! 11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Blue & Set Brightness(1)
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Blue On / Off & 10% to 99% Brightness(1)
|-
! align="left" |Standby LED Recording X1
! 11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Red & Set Brightness(2)
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | 10% to 99% Brightness(2)
|-
! align="left" |Standby LED Recording X2
! 11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Purple
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Purple On / Off & Brightness(2)
|-
! align="left" |Awake LED Not Recording
! 99% Blue
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Blue
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Brightness(3)
|-
! align="left" |Awake LED Waiting to Record
! 99% Blue
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Blue
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Brightness(3)
|-
! align="left" |Awake LED Recording X1
! 99% Red
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Red
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Brightness(3)
|-
! align="left" |Awake LED Recording X2
! 99% Red
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Purple
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Purple On / Off & Brightness(3)
|-
! align="left" |Disable Display Scrolling
! Scrolling On
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Scrolling Off
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Show Clock When Running
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Clock
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Show Elapsed Time On Playback
! At end of scrolling display.
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Elapsed Time
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Turn off LED ring in standby
! 11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | <1% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Set Awake LED brightness
! 100% brightness
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Set Brightness(3)
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off & 0% to 99% Brightness(3)
|-
! align="left" |Set Awake Display brightness
! 100% > 50% after 3 Mins.
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Set Brightness(4)
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off & 0% to 99% Brightness(4)
|-
! align="left" |Set Standby Display brightness
! 11%
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Set Brightness(5)
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off & 0% to 99% Brightness(5)
|-
! align="left" |Redring Debug
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Debug
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|}

 HIDE ** = Change from Humax default

==Remote Scheduling (RS)==

Remote Scheduling Service. Links your device to the remote scheduling portal so you can manage your scheduled recordings list from anywhere with an Internet connection and web browser

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling | '''HERE''']]

==Remote Scheduling Auto==

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling_Auto | '''HERE''']]

==Rsvsync==

Boot-time reservation sync service

==Rsync==

A fast, versatile, remote (and local) file-copying tool, example :-

 rsync -avr --progress --delete --exclude 'Tsr/' mnt/hd2/ root@synology ip::NetBackup 

==Samba==

Windows compatible file sharing. Allows access to the Humax filesystem from a computer on the same network. The file system is shared using Windows compatible sharing so can be access from Windows, MacOSX and most other operating systems

==Sed==

GNU Stream Editor, A stream editor is used to perform basic text transformations on an input stream, application notes [http://www.gnu.org/software/sed/manual/sed.html '''HERE''']

==Series Filer==

This utility will re-locate series folders created at the top level of My Video to Selected Sub-Directories so that they can be grouped together. After a New series folder has been created by the Humax at the top level, Simply move this series folder to a Sub-directory that you have created e.g. move the Doctor Who series folder to a sub-folder called ‘His Video’. When the next instalment of Doctor Who is transmitted the Humax will create another Doctor Who folder at the top level again, However, If Series Files is running the new instalment will be moved to the ‘His Video / Doctor Who’ automatically. Program names will also be re-named (if possible) to give more detail of each episode

==Service Control==

A command line utility allowing easy control of installed services. Run the 'service' command from the command line for help.

From a Telnet command line prompt send the following :-

 service 
<pre>
humax# service

Name Installed Autostart Running
---- --------- --------- -------
mediatomb No No No
dropbear No No No
transmission No No No
samba No No No
cifs No No No
mongoose Yes Yes Yes

Syntax:
service start <service>
service stop <service>
service auto <service> (toggles autostart) </pre>

==Sh (SHell)==

Sh or Shell is a command line / scripting language built into Busybox that is roughly equivalent to the Windows DOS (Disk Operating System) utility. It is however a lot more powerful than DOS and is a true language

==Smartmontools==

This utility will report on the condition of the S.M.A.R.T. hard disk drive, After installing the package enter the following command line using Telnet :-

 mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -A 

or

 mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -a HIDE for more details

Documentation [http://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/smartmontools/wiki/TocDoc'''HERE''']
<pre>

humax# /mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -A
smartctl 5.41 2011-06-09 r3365 [7405b0-smp-linux-2.6.18-7.1] (local build)
Copyright (C) 2002-11 by Bruce Allen, http://smartmontools.sourceforge.net

=== START OF READ SMART DATA SECTION ===
SMART Attributes Data Structure revision number: 10
Vendor Specific SMART Attributes with Thresholds:
ID# ATTRIBUTE_NAME FLAG VALUE WORST THRESH TYPE UPDATED WHEN_FAILED RAW_VALUE
1 Raw_Read_Error_Rate 0x000f 114 099 006 Pre-fail Always - 66811863
3 Spin_Up_Time 0x0003 097 097 000 Pre-fail Always - 0
4 Start_Stop_Count 0x0032 098 098 020 Old_age Always - 2878
5 Reallocated_Sector_Ct 0x0033 100 100 036 Pre-fail Always - 0
7 Seek_Error_Rate 0x000f 078 060 030 Pre-fail Always - 70502101
9 Power_On_Hours 0x0032 097 097 000 Old_age Always - 3294
10 Spin_Retry_Count 0x0013 100 100 097 Pre-fail Always - 0
12 Power_Cycle_Count 0x0032 099 099 020 Old_age Always - 1439
184 End-to-End_Error 0x0032 100 100 099 Old_age Always - 0
187 Reported_Uncorrect 0x0032 097 097 000 Old_age Always - 3
188 Command_Timeout 0x0032 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0
189 High_Fly_Writes 0x003a 093 093 000 Old_age Always - 7
190 Airflow_Temperature_Cel 0x0022 055 044 045 Old_age Always In_the_past 45 (0 109 45 32)
194 Temperature_Celsius 0x0022 045 056 000 Old_age Always - 45 (0 13 0 0)
195 Hardware_ECC_Recovered 0x001a 048 039 000 Old_age Always - 66811863
197 Current_Pending_Sector 0x0012 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0
198 Offline_Uncorrectable 0x0010 100 100 000 Old_age Offline - 0
199 UDMA_CRC_Error_Count 0x003e 200 200 000 Old_age Always - 0
</pre>

NOTE:- If an external Hard disk Drive is found on boot up the Internal Hard disk will be /dev/sdb, If no External Hard Disk drive is found at boot up the the internal Hard disk will be /dev/sda

==SQLite==

SQlite is a database file handler, e.g. files that typically end in *.db can be opened, edited etc.

==SSMTP==

SSMTP is a program to deliver an E-mail from your Humax to a mailhost or mailhub, It will not handle incomming E-Mail

==Sysmon==

A System Monitoring Utility, the Web-If main page has a System Monitoring icon, selecting this icon displays a graph showing the temperature of the hard disk (the hottest item in the Humax HDR unit) over the last 1 hour period

==Telnet==

Telnet is built into the default Custom Firmware package, To communicate Via Telnet from a P.C. you will need a program such as [http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html '''PuTTY'''], Select connection type Telnet and enter the IP address of your Humax into the Host Name box, Then select OPEN, You will be presented with a new Telnet Window and if connection is successful you will see the humax# prompt.

It is also possible to use Telnet supplied in some versions Microsoft Windows e.g. Start >> Run >> CMD >> Telnet

Telnet is available in Windows XP, However Vista and Windows 7 will require Telnet to be enabled with Control Panel >> Programs and Features >> Turn Windows Features On / Off >> 'Tick' Telnet

Follow [[Telnet |'''THIS LINK''']] for more details on the various ways of obtaining a Telnet connection

Here is an example of Windows XP Telnet for ls -al 

<pre>
C:\> telnet

Welcome to Microsoft Telnet Client
Escape Character is 'CTRL + ]'

open 10.0.0.200

humax# ls -al
total 17
drwxr-xr-x 18 root root 192 Jan 10 09:10 .
drwxr-xr-x 18 root root 192 Jan 10 09:10 ..
drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 474 Jan 10 09:10 bin
drwxr-xr-x 5 root root 2140 Jun 10 2011 dev
drwxr-xr-x 9 root root 378 Jan 10 09:10 etc
drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 23 Jun 10 2011 home
drwxr-xr-x 4 root root 668 Jun 10 2011 lib
drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 120 Jan 1 2000 media
drwxr-xr-x 7 root root 84 May 13 2011 mnt
lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 11 Jan 10 09:10 mod -> mnt/hd2/mod
drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 22 Jun 10 2011 opt
dr-xr-xr-x 57 root root 0 Jan 1 2000 proc
drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 3 Jun 10 2011 root
drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 396 Jan 10 09:10 sbin
drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 23 Jun 10 2011 share
drwxr-xr-x 10 root root 0 Jan 1 2000 sys
drwxrwxrwt 2 root root 280 Apr 13 16:31 tmp
drwxr-xr-x 9 root root 87 Aug 31 2011 usr
drwxr-xr-x 4 root root 88 Jan 10 09:10 var
humax#

to exit from humax# enter Ctrl + d

Microsoft Telnet >

to exit from Telnet enter q

C:\>

To exit windows command line enter exit
</pre>

NOTES
*Telnet command lines on this WiKi are identified by a Yellow Background 
*[Putty] Telnet >> Connection >> Telnet >> return Key sends Telnet New Line instead of ^M should be 'un-Ticked'
*[Windows] Telnet >> unset crlf

==Text Editors==

There is a built-in GUI Text editor in the Web-If (details [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#File Editor |'''HERE''']]). In addition to this editor, There is a basic version of [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vi |'''Vi''']] built into the resident Busybox package, There are also serveral packages that can be installed to suit your editing preferencies e.g. [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vim_Basic |'''Vim Basic''']], [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vim_Standard | '''Vim Standard''']], [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Joe | '''Joe''']] and [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Nano | '''Nano''']]

==Transmission (Bit Torrent)==

The Transmission program will download files from the internet using the a torrent protocol, Downloads using this system are usually fed from multiple sites at the same time in parallel, Because of this many URL’s may be used in the download process, These URLs are packaged together into a single *.torrent file, Transmission re-constructs fragments of the file/s from these various URLs into their original format.

Transmission needs to be supplied with the *.Torrent file, it does not have a Torrent file search facility, one possible torrent source is torrentz.eu, download your selected *.Torrent file to the P.C. you run the Web-iF from

For command line access enter :-

 transmission-remote 

'''Blocklist Notes'''

The block list utility does not currently work as it should e.g. Settings (Bottom Left) >> preferences >> Peers should allow an IP to be entered and then 'Updated', This should read a txt, gz, zip file to opened from a remote site that holds details of URLs that transmission is not allowed to contact during the download process. This can increase security by avoiding know virus sites etc.

Because the ‘Update’ does not work it is necessary to obtain the block file (e.g. from http://www.iblocklist.com/lists.php) and place them in the /mod/etc/transmission/blocklists folder, these files must be smaller than 5Mbs, They will be processed by the Transmission program when first run and *.bin files will be created in the same folder, if the files are successfully processed an indication of the number of ‘Blocked’ URL will be displayed e.g. Block List Has 598940 Rules

*Go into service control and start Transmission
*Set it to auto start if you want it to come on whenever the box is on
*Go to the Web-If main menu and click the transmission icon at the bottom left
*Select 'Open' (the folder at the top left)
*Select browse in the window and highlight the prviously downloaded *.torrent file
*When highlighted select 'Open'
*Select 'Upload'
*If the 'Start when added' box is checked the download will start immediately
* A new directory will be created at /media/ My Video/torrent/ containing successful downloads

==trm==

trm is a version of the Unix rm command (ReMove), This version removes files in blocks using Truncate (hence Truncate ReMove) rather than all at once, In order to reduce demand on system resources

==TTYSnoop==

TTYSnoop allows you to snoop on login tty's through another tty-device or pseudo-tty. The snoop-tty becomes a 'clone' of the original tty, redirecting both input and output from/to it.

==Uinput==

User-space input kernel module

==Unencrypt==

This function will unencrypt all files in a designated directory (or all files in My Video) automatically, Files are de-crypted at the same location e.g. 'decrypt in place' and are processed at the rate of one file every 30 Mins. max. so don't expect instant results

To setup Unencrypt install the package and then via [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Telnet|'''Telnet''']] enter one of the lines below :-

 unencryptsetup "Bob's Videos" HIDE process a single directory

 unencryptsetup HIDE process all files in 'My Video'

 unencryptsetup disable HIDE Turn off unencrypt

This will update the cron table and schedule the program to run every 30 minutes (at Mins 01 and 31) indefinitely. Every time it runs, it will check that there isn't already another job running and then decrypt the first encrypted file that it finds in the directory you specified, therefore gradually working its way through your files, If you don't specify a directory, it will default to decrypting all of your recordings.

NOTES:-
* '''Due to CPU overloading this feature only works between 1AM and 6AM the Humax must be out of standby during this time using an Auto On / Auto off timer''' 

*Auto-Unprotect must be running
*Content sharing must = on e.g. Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings

See Decryption flow chart [[Encryption | '''HERE''']]

==Undelete==

Redirects deleted recordings to a dustbin folder called [Deleted Items] and then automatically removes them from this new folder 7 days later, The Folder Name and delay before deletion is carried out (1 to 30 days) is configurable in the Web-If Setting area. It's a batch process which runs once per day. It runs 6 minutes after the first boot of the day or, if you keep your box on all the time, at 2am.
It scans the bin and removes anything that was put there over x * 24 hours ago, Where x = no. of days (strictly, anything that was last modified over x * 24 hours ago)

==Vi==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]. A basic version of Vi is built into the custom Busybox package (it's not included in the version of Busybox in the vendor's firmware).

==Vim Basic==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==Vim Standard==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==Virtual-Disk==

One way to decrypt content which has been recorded by the Humax is to copy to an external disk, This is usually a slow process as the
external disk must be connected via one of the USB ports. This package creates a virtual disk on the system to which content can
be copied. It is much faster since it is based on the internal hard disk. The virtual disk is shared by the MediaTomb package by default, giving a
fairly straightforward method of sharing recorded content on the network. In conjunction with the 'auto-unprotect' package, high definition content can also be shared

Note:- The copy to Virtual Disk MUST be by Remote Control OPT+ copy for decryption to take place

==Web IF ==

[[Web_Interface_Screenshots |'''Screen Shots''']] HIDE [[Webif_release_notes |'''Release Notes''']]

An evolving web interface for the Humax. This package provides a means of accessing the Humax using a web browser on any device connected to the
network (including mobile 'phones and iPads). The interface allows easy viewing of recorded programme details as well as allowing basic
manipulation to be performed. Additionally the EPG can be viewed and searched from within the web browser

Within the Web-IF are the following Built-In Functions :-

===Clipboard===

Used in conjunction with Copy, Cut and Paste, The clipboard is an area that files can be temporarily held in while a new folder is selected. It emulates a Windows Clipboard

===Copy===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

===Crop===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Crop

See Edit on Box link [[Edit_On_Box#Editing_Via_Web-If |'''HERE''']]

===Cut===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

===Decrypt===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Decrypt

This Function will move the file to an _original folder and then stream a new copy to the present location, The new copy will be Decrypted and can be played on a P.C.. NOTE both High Definition AND Standard definition need to be Decrypted

===De-duplicate / Tidy this folder===
[[File:Webif-media-ded.png|70px|thumb|right]]
[[File:Webif-media-ded2.png|70px|thumb|right]]

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> De-duplicate / Tidy this folder

This Function will search a folder and re-name files with more meaningful titles, It will also seperate duplicates into a new folder

See Tidy (Re-name) Example >>

This Function will search a folder and re-name files with more meaningful titles

It will Also seperate duplicates into a new folder

See De Duplicate (to new folder) Example >>

===Download===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Download

This function will download with decrytion an SD file (or Hi-Def File if the 'ENC' flag is removed) and place it into the default download folder on your P.C., The following items may inhibit it functioning correctly :-

# The File type *.TS must not be assosiated with a program such as a media player on your P.C., If it is, Remove the association
# Your brouser must allow re-direction of addresses

===Extract Audio===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Extract Audio

This function will produce an MP3 file containing the stereo audio track contained in a standard Def. Video file (or radio recording), The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be de-crypted (Dispays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Standard Def. recording only (Hi-Def 2 Ch or 6 Ch sound won't be decoded)

===Extract To MPG===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Extract To MPG

This function will produce an MPG copy of the *.TS file in the same folder.The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be de-crypted (Dispays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Standard Def. recording only

===File Editor===

Web-If MAIN >> Diagnostics >> File Editor >> Open >> [Navigate to deisired file]

===Paste===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

[[File:Webif-media-detail.png|100px|thumb|right]]

===Play===

This function provides an in-browser playback function for the Humax, It requires that you have the VLC plugin installed for your browser

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Click on Single File) >> Play

===Save Last Streamed Content===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> Save Last Streamed Content

This Function will make a permanent MP4 copy of any content that has been viewed using the Humax TV portal e.g. I-Player / You Tube and place it into the 'My Video' folder. The Telnet equivalent Syntax is as follows :-

cp /mnt/hd3/Streamer_down_file "/media/My Video/theclip.mp4" 

NOTE:- The Portal screen must remain open until the entire file has been downloaded (It is not performed in the background), The amount of time the download takes will vary with broadband speed

===Split===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Split (45m parts)

This Function (only available on files over 4GB) will split the file into 45 Minute parts with a 2 Minute overlap, It can be used to stream large files without hitting the 4GB stream bug present on the Humax.

The New files will have segment numbering e.g. 1/3. E.T. The Extra-Terrestrial

==Web-IF Channel Icons==

A set of PNG picture files used to display the T.V. channel icons in the Web-Interface, they reside in /mod/var/mongoose/html/img/channels

==Webif-charts==

Chart modules for the web interface

==Webif-iphone==

A cut-down web interface, optimised for display on the iPhone and other mobile devices

See Screenshots [[Smartphone_Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''HERE''']]

==wget==

Retrieve files via HTTP or FTP

Note:- There is already a version of wget in Busybox which is loaded automatically, However it may be necessary to install the stand alone package as it will be a newer version

==Xtra1 Portal==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Xtra1 | '''HERE''']]

Custom Firmware Package Notes

2012-05-11T17:12:18Z

Adsb: Dropbear SSH - add username and password, and describe use of scp

'''BREIF NOTES FOR CUSTOM FIRMWARE PACKAGES'''
{{Note|Some Functions of the Web Interface are 'Built-In' and do not require an additional package to be installed, These Features are covered in the Web If section of this page

Some packages require a reboot (Hard disk spin down) before they take effect}}

==7Zip==

Command line utility that can pack and un-pack zip type files

*Supported Packing / unpacking Formats = 7z, XZ, BZIP2, GZIP, TAR, ZIP and WIM
*Supported Unpacking only = ARJ, CAB, CHM, CPIO, CramFS, DEB, DMG, FAT, HFS, ISO, LZH, LZMA, MBR, MSI, NSIS, NTFS, RAR, RPM, SquashFS, UDF, VHD, WIM, XAR and Z.

==Auto-Unprotect==

The Auto Unprotect package runs in the background and automatically removes the Encryption Protected flag on High Definition recordings. This is the flag which prevents the file from being decrypted in the same way a Standard Definition file. On first installation, the hard disk will be scanned for any high definition recordings and they will be unprotected. Thereafter new recordings will have the flag removed as they are completed

Auto Unprotect also makes a change to the DLNA index so that High Definition files can be streamed without DTCP

NOTE:- The removal of the ENC flag does not decrypt the file, However it does make decyption possible by the same means as a Standard Definition file, see flow chart [[Encryption |'''HERE''']]

==Auto-Update==

This package automatically keeps the installed packages up to date by checking for any new releases daily and automatically downloading and installing them, It will check once per day at the earliest power on, for most people probably the 04:30 boot

==Bash==

Bourne Again SHell is an enhanced [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sh | '''Sh (Shell)''']] Command line / scripting language [http://www.gnu.org/software/bash/manual/bashref.html '''See Reference Guide''']

==Betaftpd==

===For HDR-Fox T2===

The HDR-FOX T2 has a built-in FTP server, This default server will still be in available after the Custom Firmware is installed, However only files under ‘Media’ are visible, Betaftpd has two possible Logins, If login = humaxftp and password = 0000 is used then only ‘Media’ is visible. If login = root and password = 0000 is used then the entire file system is accessable. If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used

NOTE:- The Built-in FTP server must be turned off if Betaftpd is used with Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = OFF

===For HD-Fox T2===

Betaftpd will add an FTP server to the Humax after installation, Betaftpd has two possible Logins, If login = humaxftp and password = 0000 is used then only ‘Media’ is visible. If login = root and password = 0000 is used then the entire file system is accessable. If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used

==BootHDR==

This Function for the HD-FOX T2 only, Allows the HD-FOX T2 to run the software for the HDR-FOX T2, to allow decryption of recordings by copying to a volume, BootHDR can be installed from the Web-If packages screen (of the HD-Fox T2 only). Here is the equivalent command line (Telnet) :-

 opkg install wget 

 opkg install boothdr --force-reinstall 

==BusyBox==

Your Humax box has a ‘Unix’ operating system, Busybox is a package that provides 158 common Unix [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Sh_.28SHell.29 | '''Sh (Shell)''']] commands that can be used in a Telnet sessions, The List below shows the available commands, There is no 'man' command that would explain what they do, but most commands can have a -? or -h extention to get some help e.g. ls -?, A command look up table can be found [http://busybox.net/downloads/BusyBox.html '''HERE''']

NOTE:- It is not a good idea to 'Play' with these commands if you don't know what you are doing

<div style="column-count:8;-moz-column-count:8;-webkit-column-count:8">
*[
*[[
*ar
*arp
*arping
*ash
*awk
*base64
*basename
*bunzip2
*bzcat
*bzip2
*cal
*cat
*catv
*chgrp
*chmod
*chown
*chroot
*cksum
*clear
*cmp
*comm
*cp
*cpio
*cut
*date
*dc
*dd
*df
*diff
*dirname
*dos2unix
*du
*echo
*ed
*egrep
*env
*ether-wake
*expr
*false
*fgrep
*find
*fold
*free
*ftpget
*ftpput
*fuser
*grep
*gunzip
*gzip
*hd
*head
*hexdump
*ifconfig
*insmod
*install
*iostat
*kill
*killall
*killall5
*last
*less
*ln
*logname
*ls
*lsmod
*lsusb
*lzcat
*lzma
*md5sum
*mkdir
*mkfifo
*mknod
*mktemp
*modinfo
*modprobe
*more
*mpstat
*mv
*nc
*netstat
*nice
*nmeter
*nohup
*nslookup
*od
*patch
*pgrep
*ping
*pkill
*pmap
*printenv
*printf
*ps
*pstree
*pwd
*pwdx
*readlink
*realpath
*renice
*rm
*rmdir
*rmmod
*route
*rpm
*sed
*sendmail
*seq
*sh
*sha1sum
*sha256sum
*sha512sum
*sleep
*sort
*split
*stat
*strings
*stty
*sum
*sync
*sysctl
*tail
*tar
*tee
*telnet
*test
*tftp
*time
*top
*touch
*tr
*traceroute
*true
*tty
*uname
*uniq
*unix2dos
*unlzma
*unxz
*unzip
*uptime
*usleep
*uudecode
*uuencode
*vi
*watch
*wc
*wget
*which
*who
*whoami
*xargs
*xz
*xzcat
*yes
*zcat
</div>

==CIFS==

The Common Internet File System. The cifs package provides the Humax with the ability to remotely access files shared from PCs using Windows file sharing. This package adds the support to the running system but mounting remote filesystems must currently be performed from the command line, Example :-

 mkdir /media/NAS 

 mkdir "/media/My Video/NAS" 

 mount -t cifs //server/share /media/NAS -o user=abc,password=def 

 mount -t cifs "//server/share /media/My Video/NAS" -o user=abc,password=def 

==Cron==

Cron is a time-based job scheduler that will auto-run tasks for you, It is built into Busybox which is a standard utility on your Humax, so cron does not need to be installed, the tasks are held in a cron table or crontab, here is an example crontab :-

<pre>
humax# cd /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/
humax# cat root
0 2 * * * /mod/sbin/anacron -s -d
1,31 * * * * /mod/sbin/unencrypt "/mnt/hd2/My Video/archive" > /mod/tmp/unencrypt.log 2>&1
*/10 * * * * /mod/sbin/rs_process >> /mod/tmp/rs.log 2>&1
humax#

</pre>

Each line of crontab has the following structure:

<Minute> <Hour> <Day> <Month> <Day of Week> <Command line> Note :- * = All or Every

The three examples above will run
#at 2AM every day
#at 1 Minute and 31 Minutes of every Hour every day
#every 10 Minutes continuously

It is possible to display all cron jobs with the following command line:-

 crontab -l 

To add a new cron job edit file /mod/var/spool/cron/crontabs/root and add a new line

==Curl Command==

curl command line utility

==Custom TV Portal==

An extension to the Humax TV Portal thats add some more apps

Full Guide[[Custom_TV_Portal | '''HERE''']]

==Dedup (Command Line)==

The dedup package adds a command line utility which can consolidate recordings within a single folder so that duplicates are removed and the remaining episodes are renamed so that the episode name and number (if available) are displayed in the Media Browser

Note:- There is a 'built-in' version of Dedup in the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Web_IF | '''Web-If ''']] that effectivly replaces the command line package, However if the dedup package is installed it is possible to perform the following Telnet commands from the folder you have navigated to:-

 dedup HIDE lists the recordings there and shows what they would be renamed to

 dedup -yes HIDE perform the changes as detailed below :-

*Renames the files on disk to match the episode name
*Changes the title shown in the media list to match the episode name
*Identifies duplicate episodes and moves them to a sub-folder called dup/

==Disable DSO==

Disable automatic retuning in response to Digital-Switch-Over events

==Disable OTA==

This feature inhibits any Over The Air Software updates that may be transmitted by Humax

==Dropbear SSH==
An secure shell (ssh) server for the Humax. This package provides remote command line access over an encrypted session and is a secure alternative to using telnet
to gain command line access - although it causes the box to do more work. Also allows the use of ''scp'' (secure copy) as a secure alternative to FTP.

Login with username=root, password=humax

==Edit On Box (Nicesplice)==

Full Guide for Nicesplice [[Edit_On_Box | '''HERE''']]

==EPG (Command Line)==

EPG information can be obtained from a Telnet Command line e.g.

 epg 

<pre>

humax# epg
Humax EPG Tool v1.0.8, by af123, 2011.

Syntax: epg [options] [filters] <command>...

Options:
-b Brief output.
-d[level] Set debug level.
-f<file> Specify alternate EPG data file.
-h Show help text.
-p Parsable output.

Filters: (can be specified multiple times, all must be true)
-C<CRID> Show only events with this CRID.
-D<descriptor type> Show only selected descriptor type.
-E<event id> Show only selected event.
-R<SCRID> Show only events with this Series ID.
-S<service id> Show only selected service.
-T<content type> Show only selected content types.
-@<unix timestamp> Show only programmes at time.
-/<unix timestamp> Show only programmes on day.
-/<days> Show only programmes on day.
-=<start>:<end> Show only programmes in time period.

Commands:
dump Show a parsed summary of the EPG.
dumpraw Show raw data from the EPG.
sqldump Produce SQL statements from EPG data.
sqlitedump <file> Create SQLite database from EPG data.
now Show what is currently on.
first Show the time of the earliest record.
last Show the time of the latest record.
parse Parse the EPG, no output.
search <text> Search programme names for text.
searchall <text> Search programme names/descriptions for text.
</pre>

==Epg Keywords (Web-If)==

This package was a web interface plugin which allowed a list of keywords to be configured and when found an email was sent Weekly to a specified email address detailing any programmes in the EPG which matched the keywords

NOTE:- The EPG Keywords functionallity has now been moved to [[Remote_Scheduling_Auto | '''Remote Scheduling Auto''']]

Initial Setup :-
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> Email address >> myname@talktalk.co.uk
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> SMTP >> smtp.talktalk.co.uk
*Web-If MAIN >> SETTINGS >> SEND TEST EMAIL

==Ffmpeg==

FFmpeg will record, convert and stream audio and video, It includes libavcodec - the leading audio/video codec library, It also displays information about video and audio files. See Link [http://ffmpeg.org/ffmpeg.html '''HERE''']

==Flatten==

This feature changes how recorded programs are displayed on screen in the 'Media - My Video' menu, Series of programs are normally grouped into a sub-folder, Flatten will move the contents of sub-folders to the main 'Top' folder and remove empty sub-folders, After installing flatten the Web-If will have an option under OPT+ which lets you toggle directories between flatten and no-flatten

'''NOTE''' :- All directories will default to have flatten turned on unless they are changed

'''Exceptions'''

* Folders marked as no flatten using the OPT+ option will not be flattened
* Folders who's names are bounded by square brackets e.g. [NOT THIS ONE] will not be flattened
* Folders containing a file called .noflatten will not be flattened (Note:- Create this file Via Telnet)

==Flexget==

FlexGet is a multipurpose automation tool for content like torrents, nzbs, podcasts, comics, series, movies, etc.It can use different kinds of sources like RSS-feeds, html pages, csv files,search engines and there are even plugins for sites that do not provide any kind of useful feeds.

A Typical Cron entry for Flexget would be :-

 */1 * * * * /mod/bin/flexget -c /mod/.flexget/config.yml --cron 

* Flexget Documentation [http://flexget.com '''HERE''']

==Forcedate==

This utility forces the date on your Humax to 16 November 2011 12:34:56. It is require if the Humax can't get Time / Date info Over The Air. After using Forcedate it is possible to set time / date to internet time automatically on boot-up using [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Ntp_Client | '''NTP Client''']]

==Foscam==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Foscam | '''HERE''']]

==FTP==

File Transfer Protocol is a method of transferring files to and from your Humax, The Humax HDR-Fox T2 has a built-in FTP for access to the media folders only. See the [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Betaftpd |'''Betaftpd package''' ]] for access to the full Humax file structure or to add an FTP server to the HD-Fox T2. To use FTP on a P.C. a program that handles FTP is required, Internet Explorer and Windows (file) Explorer will allow FTP access by entering ftp://10.0.0.200 into the address bar, Although access may be restricted to media folders only, even when using the Betaftpd package, If access to the whole file structure is required programs like Filezilla or WS_FTP_Pro can be used.

Notes :-
* To use the Built-In Humax FTP server MENU >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = ON
* When using Betaftpd MENU >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings >> FTP Server = OFF
*10.0.0.200 needs to be replaced with your own Humax IP address
*login = humaxftp
*password = 0000 (your Remote Pin default). If the remote password has been changed from 0000 then the new password must be used

==Grep==

Grep is built into Busybox and is used to search through a file or files looking for specified blocks of text, The output can be displayed on-screen or sent to a new file. [http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?egrep Syntax Here]

Associated utilities = Egrep, Fgrep

<pre>
humax# cat original-file.txt

-H Add 'filename:' prefix
-h Do not add 'filename:' prefix
-n Add 'line_no:' prefix
-l Show only names of files that match
-L Show only names of files that don't match
-c Show only count of matching lines
-o Show only the matching part of line
-q Quiet. Return 0 if PATTERN is found, 1 otherwise
-v Select non-matching lines
-s Suppress open and read errors
-r Recurse
-i Ignore case
-w Match whole words only
-F PATTERN is a literal (not regexp)
-E PATTERN is an extended regexp
-m N Match up to N times per file
-A N Print N lines of trailing context
-B N Print N lines of leading context
-C N Same as '-A N -B N'
-e PTRN Pattern to match
-f FILE Read pattern from file

humax# grep match original-file.txt
-l Show only names of files that match
-L Show only names of files that don't match
-c Show only count of matching lines
-o Show only the matching part of line
-v Select non-matching lines
-e PTRN Pattern to match
humax#
</pre>

==HMT==

This package displays information on the humax *.hmt file, A small 'sidecar' file created alogside the main *.ts video file

From a Telnet Session, Navigate to a directory containing an *.hmt file, Then enter hmt {filename}

 hmt KAISER_CHIEFS_DD5_1_20110410_0147.hmt 

<pre>
humax# hmt KAISER_CHIEFS_DD5_1_20110410_0147.hmt
Format:HD
Title:KAISER CHIEFS DD5.1
Channel:4096 (BBC HD)
Folder:/mnt/hd2/My Video/MY-ARCHIVE/
Filename:KAISER CHIEFS DD5_1_20110410_0147
Genre:Entertainment
EPG:Performance from the Kaiser Chiefs from the Later... with Jools Holland archives.
They play I Predict a Riot, the party and festival anthem of 2005.

Flags: HD,Unlimited Copies,
Copy count:0

Scheduled start:1302396300 (Sun Apr 10 00:45:00 2011)
Scheduled duration:300
Recording start:1302396449 (Sun Apr 10 00:47:29 2011)
Recording end:1302396706 (Sun Apr 10 00:51:46 2011)
Play resumes at: 15 seconds in.

Service ID (SID):17472
Transport Stream ID (TSID):16516
Originating Network ID (ONID):9018
Programme Map Table PID (PMTPID):100
Video PID:101
Audio PID:102
Bookmarks:0 =
</pre>

==Humidify==

A utility for manipulating Humax Download Format (HDF) files

==Inadyn==
A Dynamic DNS client with web configuration plugin (see webif settings page), The log file is blanked whenever the box set to standby and a new one created when switched from standby

==I-Phone Interface==

An iphone optimised web interface for the Humax

Screen Shots [[Smartphone_Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''HERE''']]

==lsof==

This unix command stands for LiSt of Open Files,With no extentions it will default to 'All' open files, But it is probably more useful when used with a filter as shown in the examples :-

 lsof | grep humaxtv HIDE All files opened by the main Humax TV process

 lsof | cut -f 1 -d' ' | sort | uniq HIDE List all processes that have opened files

 lsof | grep epg HIDE All files opened by the EPG process

<pre>humax# lsof | grep epg
epg 596 root cwd 0000 31,0 1307722938 21474853357 /dev
epg 596 root rtd 0000 31,0 1321652395 77309428205 /
epg 596 root txt 0000 8,18 1322689164 4295000557 /mnt/hd2/mod/bin/epg
epg 596 root mem REG 8,18 9226050 /mnt/hd2/mod/bin/epg (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 174 /lib/ld-uClibc-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 8,18 9225846 /mnt/hd2/mod/lib/libsqlite3.so.0.8.6 (path inode=4295000557)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 169 /lib/libuClibc-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 216 /lib/libpthread-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root mem REG 31,0 186 /lib/libdl-0.9.29.so (path inode=4295000448)
epg 596 root 0 0000 31,0 1307722935 4294975926 /dev/null
epg 596 root 1 0000 0,13 1322848876 4295000502 /tmp/epgd.log
epg 596 root 2 0000 0,13 1322848858 4295000502 /tmp/modinit.log
</pre>

==Jim==

Jim is a form of the programming language TCL (Tool Command Language), That runs on the Humax unix platform

==Jpnevulator==

Serial Port Sniffer

==Joe==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==Mediatomb==
A UPnP MediaServer, This package allows the HD T2 to stream content to other devices on your network, as the HD T2 does not have this facility built-in

==Mongoose==

Mongoose is the Webserver that the Custom Firmware Package uses to present the Web pages you see when you log into the Web Interface, [[Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''SEE EXAMPLES''']]

==Multienv==

Helper utility for modifying the settop environment, Used by other packages.

==Mvdisks==

Mounts external drives (connected via USB) under "My Video" to allow export by the DLNA server (HDR only)

==Network Shares Automount==

Automatic mounting of remote nfs or smb directories, with configuration on the box, using special "settings" directorys to add and configure shares. Remote host(s) are "pinged" regularly, and shares are mounting / unmounting automatically with host availability

Folders on a computer or NAS box can be shared with other devices on the same network. On the humax box with custom firmware we can add support for two protocols - smb (used by Windows, pre-Lion OsX, linux running Samba), and nfs (Linux, OsX, common with NAS boxes). smb support is provided by the cifs package. We can "mount" the remote shared folder(s) so they appear as if they were part of the local file system on the Humax

This packages uses directory names in the "*Modsettings/smb" and/or "*Modsettings/nfs" folders to configure as many shares as you like. For example to set up a new smb share, use the opt+ button to create a new directory within the smb folder. Name it what you want the mount to be called (eg "MyPc") Wait about 10 seconds, and navigate into the new folder. The script should have created a load of template "configuration directories" for you to rename (host IP address, foldername, user, password etc). Note that the "_" symbol is used instead of "." in IP names and "/" in folder names as these can't be input (or if they can I think the box changes them to a "_")

Once configured, the script will regularly ping the host computer to see if it is available. If it is then the shared folder will be mounted and should be browsable. If the host goes offline, the folder will be unmounted, preventing the box from locking up.

Wake up On LAN (WOL) is also available to automatically power up compatible (newer) NAS boxes, The user must supply the MAC address of the NAS box and set WakeUp=on

==Nano==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==NTFS 3g==

Read/write NTFS disk access. Out of the box the Humax can read NTFS formatted drives but this package upgrades that support to full read/write access

==Ntp Client==

Network Time Protocol sets the Humax clock from an Internet time server on each boot. Useful if you do not have an aerial connection. Note :- This utility may also need [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Forcedate | '''Forcedate''']] to be loaded, In order to get the date near the current as NTP won't change a time / Date that is too far out

==OPKG==

Open PacKaGe Management is the tool used to handle Custom Firmware packages, Here Are some examples :-

opkgHID= list all opkg commands

opkg install http://hummypkg.org.uk/hdrfoxt2/base/auto-unprotect_1.0.6_mipsel.opk HID= Install a remote package

opkg listHID= list of available packages

opkg list-installedHID= list of installed packages

opkg remove auto-unprotectHID= uninstall a package Note: No version numbers

==Portal Foscam==

See [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Foscam | '''GUIDE''']]

==Portal Xtra1==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Xtra1 | '''HERE''']]

==Poweron-Channel==

This Utility forces the Humax to always power up on a selected TV channel regardless of the last channel viewed on power down, It is also possible to select a power on volume that overrides the power down volume

==Procps==

procps is the package that has a bunch of small useful utilities that give information about processes using the /proc filesystem. The package includes the programs ps, top, vmstat, w, kill, free, slabtop, and skill.Version 3 includes NPTL thread support, a rewritten top, many bug fixes, performance improvements, and new features. Link [http://procps.sourceforge.net/ '''HERE''']

==Prog Backup==

Utility for backing up recordings and sidecar files to locally attached drives, A search of attatched drives will be made so that the user can choose. Both Hi-Def and Standard definition recordings will be de-crypted so they can be played on a P.C. or copied back to a different Humax. Command line examples Below :-

 progbackup HIDE Backup everthing under My Video

 progbackup "/mnt/hd2/My Video/BOB's Films/" HIDE Backup files in a specified folder

'''NOTE:-''' Make sure to use the quotation marks around the directory name.

==Redring==

Causes the Humax to display a Red LED ring when recording in standby, plus various other front panel options detailed in the table below. The new settings are configurable using the Web-If >> Settings >> Redring Settings

{| border="1"
! Humax Status
! Humax Default
! With Redring
! Redring Setting
|-
! align="left" |Standby LED Not Recording
! 11% Amber
! 11% Amber
! N/A
|-
! align="left" |Standby LED Waiting to Record (Half-Awake)
! 11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Blue & Set Brightness(1)
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Blue On / Off & 10% to 99% Brightness(1)
|-
! align="left" |Standby LED Recording X1
! 11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Red & Set Brightness(2)
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | 10% to 99% Brightness(2)
|-
! align="left" |Standby LED Recording X2
! 11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Purple
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Purple On / Off & Brightness(2)
|-
! align="left" |Awake LED Not Recording
! 99% Blue
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Blue
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Brightness(3)
|-
! align="left" |Awake LED Waiting to Record
! 99% Blue
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Blue
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Brightness(3)
|-
! align="left" |Awake LED Recording X1
! 99% Red
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Red
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Brightness(3)
|-
! align="left" |Awake LED Recording X2
! 99% Red
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Purple
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb |Purple On / Off & Brightness(3)
|-
! align="left" |Disable Display Scrolling
! Scrolling On
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Scrolling Off
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Show Clock When Running
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Clock
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Show Elapsed Time On Playback
! At end of scrolling display.
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Elapsed Time
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Turn off LED ring in standby
! 11% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | <1% Amber
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|-
! align="left" |Set Awake LED brightness
! 100% brightness
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Set Brightness(3)
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off & 0% to 99% Brightness(3)
|-
! align="left" |Set Awake Display brightness
! 100% > 50% after 3 Mins.
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Set Brightness(4)
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off & 0% to 99% Brightness(4)
|-
! align="left" |Set Standby Display brightness
! 11%
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Set Brightness(5)
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off & 0% to 99% Brightness(5)
|-
! align="left" |Redring Debug
! N/A
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | Debug
! bgcolor=#ffbbbb | On / Off
|}

 HIDE ** = Change from Humax default

==Remote Scheduling (RS)==

Remote Scheduling Service. Links your device to the remote scheduling portal so you can manage your scheduled recordings list from anywhere with an Internet connection and web browser

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling | '''HERE''']]

==Remote Scheduling Auto==

Full Guide[[Remote_Scheduling_Auto | '''HERE''']]

==Rsvsync==

Boot-time reservation sync service

==Rsync==

A fast, versatile, remote (and local) file-copying tool, example :-

 rsync -avr --progress --delete --exclude 'Tsr/' mnt/hd2/ root@synology ip::NetBackup 

==Samba==

Windows compatible file sharing. Allows access to the Humax filesystem from a computer on the same network. The file system is shared using Windows compatible sharing so can be access from Windows, MacOSX and most other operating systems

==Sed==

GNU Stream Editor, A stream editor is used to perform basic text transformations on an input stream, application notes [http://www.gnu.org/software/sed/manual/sed.html '''HERE''']

==Series Filer==

This utility will re-locate series folders created at the top level of My Video to Selected Sub-Directories so that they can be grouped together. After a New series folder has been created by the Humax at the top level, Simply move this series folder to a Sub-directory that you have created e.g. move the Doctor Who series folder to a sub-folder called ‘His Video’. When the next instalment of Doctor Who is transmitted the Humax will create another Doctor Who folder at the top level again, However, If Series Files is running the new instalment will be moved to the ‘His Video / Doctor Who’ automatically. Program names will also be re-named (if possible) to give more detail of each episode

==Service Control==

A command line utility allowing easy control of installed services. Run the 'service' command from the command line for help.

From a Telnet command line prompt send the following :-

 service 
<pre>
humax# service

Name Installed Autostart Running
---- --------- --------- -------
mediatomb No No No
dropbear No No No
transmission No No No
samba No No No
cifs No No No
mongoose Yes Yes Yes

Syntax:
service start <service>
service stop <service>
service auto <service> (toggles autostart) </pre>

==Sh (SHell)==

Sh or Shell is a command line / scripting language built into Busybox that is roughly equivalent to the Windows DOS (Disk Operating System) utility. It is however a lot more powerful than DOS and is a true language

==Smartmontools==

This utility will report on the condition of the S.M.A.R.T. hard disk drive, After installing the package enter the following command line using Telnet :-

 mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -A 

or

 mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -a HIDE for more details

Documentation [http://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/smartmontools/wiki/TocDoc'''HERE''']
<pre>

humax# /mod/bin/smartctl /dev/sdb -A
smartctl 5.41 2011-06-09 r3365 [7405b0-smp-linux-2.6.18-7.1] (local build)
Copyright (C) 2002-11 by Bruce Allen, http://smartmontools.sourceforge.net

=== START OF READ SMART DATA SECTION ===
SMART Attributes Data Structure revision number: 10
Vendor Specific SMART Attributes with Thresholds:
ID# ATTRIBUTE_NAME FLAG VALUE WORST THRESH TYPE UPDATED WHEN_FAILED RAW_VALUE
1 Raw_Read_Error_Rate 0x000f 114 099 006 Pre-fail Always - 66811863
3 Spin_Up_Time 0x0003 097 097 000 Pre-fail Always - 0
4 Start_Stop_Count 0x0032 098 098 020 Old_age Always - 2878
5 Reallocated_Sector_Ct 0x0033 100 100 036 Pre-fail Always - 0
7 Seek_Error_Rate 0x000f 078 060 030 Pre-fail Always - 70502101
9 Power_On_Hours 0x0032 097 097 000 Old_age Always - 3294
10 Spin_Retry_Count 0x0013 100 100 097 Pre-fail Always - 0
12 Power_Cycle_Count 0x0032 099 099 020 Old_age Always - 1439
184 End-to-End_Error 0x0032 100 100 099 Old_age Always - 0
187 Reported_Uncorrect 0x0032 097 097 000 Old_age Always - 3
188 Command_Timeout 0x0032 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0
189 High_Fly_Writes 0x003a 093 093 000 Old_age Always - 7
190 Airflow_Temperature_Cel 0x0022 055 044 045 Old_age Always In_the_past 45 (0 109 45 32)
194 Temperature_Celsius 0x0022 045 056 000 Old_age Always - 45 (0 13 0 0)
195 Hardware_ECC_Recovered 0x001a 048 039 000 Old_age Always - 66811863
197 Current_Pending_Sector 0x0012 100 100 000 Old_age Always - 0
198 Offline_Uncorrectable 0x0010 100 100 000 Old_age Offline - 0
199 UDMA_CRC_Error_Count 0x003e 200 200 000 Old_age Always - 0
</pre>

NOTE:- If an external Hard disk Drive is found on boot up the Internal Hard disk will be /dev/sdb, If no External Hard Disk drive is found at boot up the the internal Hard disk will be /dev/sda

==SQLite==

SQlite is a database file handler, e.g. files that typically end in *.db can be opened, edited etc.

==SSMTP==

SSMTP is a program to deliver an E-mail from your Humax to a mailhost or mailhub, It will not handle incomming E-Mail

==Sysmon==

A System Monitoring Utility, the Web-If main page has a System Monitoring icon, selecting this icon displays a graph showing the temperature of the hard disk (the hottest item in the Humax HDR unit) over the last 1 hour period

==Telnet==

Telnet is built into the default Custom Firmware package, To communicate Via Telnet from a P.C. you will need a program such as [http://www.chiark.greenend.org.uk/~sgtatham/putty/download.html '''PuTTY'''], Select connection type Telnet and enter the IP address of your Humax into the Host Name box, Then select OPEN, You will be presented with a new Telnet Window and if connection is successful you will see the humax# prompt.

It is also possible to use Telnet supplied in some versions Microsoft Windows e.g. Start >> Run >> CMD >> Telnet

Telnet is available in Windows XP, However Vista and Windows 7 will require Telnet to be enabled with Control Panel >> Programs and Features >> Turn Windows Features On / Off >> 'Tick' Telnet

Follow [[Telnet |'''THIS LINK''']] for more details on the various ways of obtaining a Telnet connection

Here is an example of Windows XP Telnet for ls -al 

<pre>
C:\> telnet

Welcome to Microsoft Telnet Client
Escape Character is 'CTRL + ]'

open 10.0.0.200

humax# ls -al
total 17
drwxr-xr-x 18 root root 192 Jan 10 09:10 .
drwxr-xr-x 18 root root 192 Jan 10 09:10 ..
drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 474 Jan 10 09:10 bin
drwxr-xr-x 5 root root 2140 Jun 10 2011 dev
drwxr-xr-x 9 root root 378 Jan 10 09:10 etc
drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 23 Jun 10 2011 home
drwxr-xr-x 4 root root 668 Jun 10 2011 lib
drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 120 Jan 1 2000 media
drwxr-xr-x 7 root root 84 May 13 2011 mnt
lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 11 Jan 10 09:10 mod -> mnt/hd2/mod
drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 22 Jun 10 2011 opt
dr-xr-xr-x 57 root root 0 Jan 1 2000 proc
drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 3 Jun 10 2011 root
drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 396 Jan 10 09:10 sbin
drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 23 Jun 10 2011 share
drwxr-xr-x 10 root root 0 Jan 1 2000 sys
drwxrwxrwt 2 root root 280 Apr 13 16:31 tmp
drwxr-xr-x 9 root root 87 Aug 31 2011 usr
drwxr-xr-x 4 root root 88 Jan 10 09:10 var
humax#

to exit from humax# enter Ctrl + d

Microsoft Telnet >

to exit from Telnet enter q

C:\>

To exit windows command line enter exit
</pre>

NOTES
*Telnet command lines on this WiKi are identified by a Yellow Background 
*[Putty] Telnet >> Connection >> Telnet >> return Key sends Telnet New Line instead of ^M should be 'un-Ticked'
*[Windows] Telnet >> unset crlf

==Text Editors==

There is a built-in GUI Text editor in the Web-If (details [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#File Editor |'''HERE''']]). In addition to this editor, There is a basic version of [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vi |'''Vi''']] built into the resident Busybox package, There are also serveral packages that can be installed to suit your editing preferencies e.g. [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vim_Basic |'''Vim Basic''']], [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Vim_Standard | '''Vim Standard''']], [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Joe | '''Joe''']] and [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Nano | '''Nano''']]

==Transmission (Bit Torrent)==

The Transmission program will download files from the internet using the a torrent protocol, Downloads using this system are usually fed from multiple sites at the same time in parallel, Because of this many URL’s may be used in the download process, These URLs are packaged together into a single *.torrent file, Transmission re-constructs fragments of the file/s from these various URLs into their original format.

Transmission needs to be supplied with the *.Torrent file, it does not have a Torrent file search facility, one possible torrent source is torrentz.eu, download your selected *.Torrent file to the P.C. you run the Web-iF from

For command line access enter :-

 transmission-remote 

'''Blocklist Notes'''

The block list utility does not currently work as it should e.g. Settings (Bottom Left) >> preferences >> Peers should allow an IP to be entered and then 'Updated', This should read a txt, gz, zip file to opened from a remote site that holds details of URLs that transmission is not allowed to contact during the download process. This can increase security by avoiding know virus sites etc.

Because the ‘Update’ does not work it is necessary to obtain the block file (e.g. from http://www.iblocklist.com/lists.php) and place them in the /mod/etc/transmission/blocklists folder, these files must be smaller than 5Mbs, They will be processed by the Transmission program when first run and *.bin files will be created in the same folder, if the files are successfully processed an indication of the number of ‘Blocked’ URL will be displayed e.g. Block List Has 598940 Rules

*Go into service control and start Transmission
*Set it to auto start if you want it to come on whenever the box is on
*Go to the Web-If main menu and click the transmission icon at the bottom left
*Select 'Open' (the folder at the top left)
*Select browse in the window and highlight the prviously downloaded *.torrent file
*When highlighted select 'Open'
*Select 'Upload'
*If the 'Start when added' box is checked the download will start immediately
* A new directory will be created at /media/ My Video/torrent/ containing successful downloads

==trm==

trm is a version of the Unix rm command (ReMove), This version removes files in blocks using Truncate (hence Truncate ReMove) rather than all at once, In order to reduce demand on system resources

==Uinput==

User-space input kernel module

==Unencrypt==

This function will unencrypt all files in a designated directory (or all files in My Video) automatically, Files are de-crypted at the same location e.g. 'decrypt in place' and are processed at the rate of one file every 30 Mins. max. so don't expect instant results

To setup Unencrypt install the package and then via [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Telnet|'''Telnet''']] enter one of the lines below :-

 unencryptsetup "Bob's Videos" HIDE process a single directory

 unencryptsetup HIDE process all files in 'My Video'

 unencryptsetup disable HIDE Turn off unencrypt

This will update the cron table and schedule the program to run every 30 minutes (at Mins 01 and 31) indefinitely. Every time it runs, it will check that there isn't already another job running and then decrypt the first encrypted file that it finds in the directory you specified, therefore gradually working its way through your files, If you don't specify a directory, it will default to decrypting all of your recordings.

NOTES:-
* '''Due to CPU overloading this feature only works between 1AM and 6AM the Humax must be out of standby during this time using an Auto On / Auto off timer''' 

*Auto-Unprotect must be running
*Content sharing must = on e.g. Menu >> Settings >> System >> Internet Settings

See Decryption flow chart [[Encryption | '''HERE''']]

==Undelete==

Redirects deleted recordings to a dustbin folder called [Deleted Items] and then automatically removes them from this new folder 7 days later, The Folder Name and delay before deletion is carried out (1 to 30 days) is configurable in the Web-If Setting area. It's a batch process which runs once per day. It runs 6 minutes after the first boot of the day or, if you keep your box on all the time, at 2am.
It scans the bin and removes anything that was put there over x * 24 hours ago, Where x = no. of days (strictly, anything that was last modified over x * 24 hours ago)

==Vi==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]. A basic version of Vi is built into the resident Busybox package

==Vim Basic==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==Vim Standard==

Text Editor, See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Text_Editors | '''Text Editors''']]

==Virtual-Disk==

One way to decrypt content which has been recorded by the Humax is to copy to an external disk, This is usually a slow process as the
external disk must be connected via one of the USB ports. This package creates a virtual disk on the system to which content can
be copied. It is much faster since it is based on the internal hard disk. The virtual disk is shared by the MediaTomb package by default, giving a
fairly straightforward method of sharing recorded content on the network. In conjunction with the 'auto-unprotect' package, high definition content can also be shared

Note:- The copy to Virtual Disk MUST be by Remote Control OPT+ copy for decryption to take place

==Web IF ==

[[Web_Interface_Screenshots |'''Screen Shots''']] HIDE [[Webif_release_notes |'''Release Notes''']]

An evolving web interface for the Humax. This package provides a means of accessing the Humax using a web browser on any device connected to the
network (including mobile 'phones and iPads). The interface allows easy viewing of recorded programme details as well as allowing basic
manipulation to be performed. Additionally the EPG can be viewed and searched from within the web browser

Within the Web-IF are the following Built-In Functions :-

===Clipboard===

Used in conjunction with Copy, Cut and Paste, The clipboard is an area that files can be temporarily held in while a new folder is selected. It emulates a Windows Clipboard

===Copy===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

===Crop===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Crop

See Edit on Box link [[Edit_On_Box#Editing_Via_Web-If |'''HERE''']]

===Cut===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

===Decrypt===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Decrypt

This Function will move the file to an _original folder and then stream a new copy to the present location, The new copy will be Decrypted and can be played on a P.C.. NOTE both High Definition AND Standard definition need to be Decrypted

===De-duplicate / Tidy this folder===
[[File:Webif-media-ded.png|70px|thumb|right]]
[[File:Webif-media-ded2.png|70px|thumb|right]]

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> De-duplicate / Tidy this folder

This Function will search a folder and re-name files with more meaningful titles, It will also seperate duplicates into a new folder

See Tidy (Re-name) Example >>

This Function will search a folder and re-name files with more meaningful titles

It will Also seperate duplicates into a new folder

See De Duplicate (to new folder) Example >>

===Download===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Download

This function will download with decrytion an SD file (or Hi-Def File if the 'ENC' flag is removed) and place it into the default download folder on your P.C., The following items may inhibit it functioning correctly :-

# The File type *.TS must not be assosiated with a program such as a media player on your P.C., If it is, Remove the association
# Your brouser must allow re-direction of addresses

===Extract Audio===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Extract Audio

This function will produce an MP3 file containing the stereo audio track contained in a standard Def. Video file (or radio recording), The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be de-crypted (Dispays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Standard Def. recording only (Hi-Def 2 Ch or 6 Ch sound won't be decoded)

===Extract To MPG===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Extract To MPG

This function will produce an MPG copy of the *.TS file in the same folder.The following conditions must be met :-

*The file must be de-crypted (Dispays a DEC against it)
*ffmpeg package must be installed
*Standard Def. recording only

===File Editor===

Web-If MAIN >> Diagnostics >> File Editor >> Open >> [Navigate to deisired file]

===Paste===

See [[Custom_Firmware_Package_Notes#Clipboard | '''Clipboard''']]

[[File:Webif-media-detail.png|100px|thumb|right]]

===Play===

This function provides an in-browser playback function for the Humax, It requires that you have the VLC plugin installed for your browser

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Click on Single File) >> Play

===Save Last Streamed Content===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> Save Last Streamed Content

This Function will make a permanent MP4 copy of any content that has been viewed using the Humax TV portal e.g. I-Player / You Tube and place it into the 'My Video' folder. The Telnet equivalent Syntax is as follows :-

cp /mnt/hd3/Streamer_down_file "/media/My Video/theclip.mp4" 

NOTE:- The Portal screen must remain open until the entire file has been downloaded (It is not performed in the background), The amount of time the download takes will vary with broadband speed

===Split===

Web-If MAIN >> BROWSE MEDIA FILES >> (Select Single File) >> OPT+ >> Split (45m parts)

This Function (only available on files over 4GB) will split the file into 45 Minute parts with a 2 Minute overlap, It can be used to stream large files without hitting the 4GB stream bug present on the Humax.

The New files will have segment numbering e.g. 1/3. E.T. The Extra-Terrestrial

==Web-IF Channel Icons==

A set of PNG picture files used to display the T.V. channel icons in the Web-Interface, they reside in /mod/var/mongoose/html/img/channels

==Webif-charts==

Chart modules for the web interface

==Webif-iphone==

A cut-down web interface, optimised for display on the iPhone and other mobile devices

See Screenshots [[Smartphone_Web_Interface_Screenshots | '''HERE''']]

==wget==

Retrieve files via HTTP or FTP

Note:- There is already a version of wget in Busybox which is loaded automatically, However it may be necessary to install the stand alone package as it will be a newer version

==Xtra1 Portal==

See Guide [[Custom_TV_Portal#Portal_Xtra1 | '''HERE''']]